S-3/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2005

Registration No. 333-129142

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York	16-0547600
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

140 John James Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

(716) 689-5400

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Karen L. Howard

Vice President, Treasurer and Interim Chief Financial Officer

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

140 John James Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

(716) 689-5400

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies To:

Robert J. Olivieri, Esq. Hodgson Russ LLP One M&T Plaza, Suite 2000 Buffalo, New York 14203-2391 (716) 856-4000 William J. Whelan, III, Esq. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP Worldwide Plaza 825 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10019-7475 (212) 474-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  ¨

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in conjunction with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We or the selling shareholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 3, 2005

3,350,000 Shares

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

Common Stock

We are selling 3,000,000 shares of common stock and the selling shareholder is selling 350,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling shareholder.

Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CMCO.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on November 2, 2005 was $22.30 per share.

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 450,000 additional shares from us to cover over-allotments of shares.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

	Price to Public	Underwriting Discounts and Commissions	Proceeds to Issuer	Proceeds to the Selling Shareholder
Per Share	$	$	$	$
Total	$	$	$	$

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2005.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse First Boston

Robert W. Baird & Co. Needham & Company, LLC

The date of this prospectus is                         , 2005.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA	ii
SUMMARY	1
RISK FACTORS	16
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	21
USE OF PROCEEDS	22
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND HISTORY	23
CAPITALIZATION	24
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA	25
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION	27

	Page
BUSINESS	39
MANAGEMENT	54
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS	56
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK	58
UNDERWRITING	62
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS	65
LEGAL MATTERS	67
EXPERTS	67
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	67
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	68
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate on the date of this prospectus.

CM, Budgit, Coffing, Duff-Norton, Herc-Alloy, Little Mule, Shaw-Box, Univeyor and Yale are registered trademarks of Columbus McKinnon Corporation. Abell-Howe, CraneMart and TechLink are unregistered trademarks of Columbus McKinnon Corporation.

i

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data for powered hoists, manual hoists and trolleys, lifting and sling chain and forged attachments presented throughout this prospectus from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including the United States Department of Commerce, the United States Federal Reserve, the Material Handling Industry of America, the Hoist Manufacturers Institute, the Power Transmission Distributors Association, the Rubber Manufacturers Association and the National Association of Chain Manufacturers. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified such data and neither we nor the underwriters make any representations as to the accuracy of such information. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable but it has not been verified by any independent source.

The hoist parts market share and market position data contained in this prospectus is based on our own internal estimates and research which is derived from our market shares of powered hoists and manual hoists and trolleys. We believe this market share data is a good proxy for our hoist parts market share because we believe most end-users purchase hoist parts from the original equipment supplier. Market share and market position data for mechanical actuators are internal estimates derived by comparison of our net sales to the net sales of one of our competitors and to total market sales from a trade association. Tire shredder market share and market position data is derived by comparing the number of our tire shredders in use and their capacity to estimates of the total number of tire shredders as published by a trade association. Market share and market position data for jib cranes are internal estimates derived from both the number of bids we win as a percentage of the total projects for which we submit bids and from estimates of our competitors’ net sales based on the relative position in distributors’ catalogues.

ii

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “we”, “us”, “our”, “our company” or “the company” refer to Columbus McKinnon Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Our Company

We are the largest and broadest-line supplier of overhead hoists and high-strength lifting and sling chain and a leading supplier of in-factory cranes and steel forged attachments in North America. We believe we have a larger installed base of hoists in North America than all our other competitors combined. Our products are used in a broad array of industries including: manufacturing, warehousing, agriculture, oil drilling and processing, power generation and distribution, entertainment, logging and transportation operations to efficiently and ergonomically move, lift, position or secure objects and loads. We also manufacture conveyor systems, mechanical actuators, and lift tables as well as provide related parts and service for all of our products. We have market-leading positions and significant market share in most of our product lines, and our products are critical to the operations of most businesses that require moving or securing large or heavy objects. We operate in the $60 billion U.S. material handling industry and our business is organized around two strategic business segments: Products and Solutions. We were founded in 1875 and our shares have been traded on The Nasdaq National Market since 1996 (ticker: CMCO).

For the twelve-month period ended July 3, 2005, we generated net sales of $534.0 million and income from operations of $44.1 million, representing increases of 16.2% and 30.7% over the twelve-month period ended July 4, 2004, respectively. The following charts summarize our net sales and operating income by business segment (in millions) for the twelve-month period ended July 3, 2005:

Products Segment. Our Products segment manufactures products in the following categories: (i) hoists and related components (50% of segment net sales for fiscal 2005), (ii) steel chain (16%), (iii) steel forged attachments (12%), (iv) in-factory cranes (14%) and (v) industrial components (8%). Our products are sold under the widely recognized and well-established Yale, CM, Coffing, Shaw-Box, Budgit and Chester brands and are sold for use in a wide variety of general manufacturing applications as well as in the construction, mining, marine, utility, agriculture, industrial and entertainment industries and for certain customer applications.

Solutions Segment. Our Solutions segment designs, fabricates and installs products in the following categories: (i) custom-designed conveyor systems (70% of segment net sales for fiscal 2005), (ii) lift tables (13%), (iii) tire shredders (13%) and (iv) light-rail systems (4%).

1

With 26 manufacturing facilities located in eight countries, 28 stand-alone sales/services offices in 11 countries and nine stand-alone warehouse facilities in five countries, we are well positioned to take advantage of opportunities for growth worldwide. We are differentiated from our competitors by the large number of distribution relationships we maintain (approximately 20,000 distributors) and the comprehensive end-user coverage that those relationships afford us. We sell our overhead hoist, chain and forged attachment products through a network of general industrial and catalog distributors, including W.W. Grainger, Inc., MSC Industrial Direct Co., Industrial Distribution Group, Inc. and McMaster-Carr Co., and crane builders (independent fabricators of in-factory cranes) in North America and Europe and through sales and service offices in Asia-Pacific. We sell our in-factory cranes through a dedicated sales force directly to end-users. We sell our industrial components through a combination of direct sales and industrial distribution. Our Solutions segment sells products and services directly to end-users through a dedicated sales force in North America, Europe and Asia.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions. We are a leading manufacturer of hoists, alloy and high strength carbon steel chain in North America. Approximately 73% of our domestic net sales for fiscal 2005 were from product categories in which we believe we hold the leading market share. We believe that the strength of our established products and brands and our leading market positions provide us with significant competitive advantages, including preferred supplier status with a majority of our largest customers. Our large installed base of products also provides us with a significant competitive advantage in selling our products to existing customers as well as providing repair and replacement parts.

For fiscal 2005, the following table summarizes the product categories where we believe we are the market leader:

Product Category	U.S. Market Share		U.S. Market Position	Percentage of Domestic Net Sales
Powered Hoists	56	%	#1	25	%
Manual Hoists & Trolleys	67	%	#1	13	%
Forged Attachments	48	%	#1	10	%
Hoist Parts	60	%	#1	9	%
Lifting and Sling Chain	45	%	#1	8	%
Mechanical Actuators	40	%	#1	5	%
Tire Shredders	80	%	#1	2	%
Jib Cranes	45	%	#1	1	%
				73	%

Comprehensive Product Lines and Strong Brand Name Recognition. We believe we offer the most comprehensive product lines in the markets we serve. We are the only major supplier of material handling equipment offering full lines of hoists, chain and attachments. Our capability as a full-line supplier has allowed us to (i) provide our customers with “one-stop shopping” for material handling equipment, which meets some customers’ desires to reduce the number of their supply relationships in order to lower their costs, (ii) leverage our engineering, research and development and marketing costs over a larger sales base and (iii) achieve purchasing efficiencies on common materials used across our product lines.

In addition, our brand names, including Budgit, Chester, CM, Coffing, Duff-Norton, Little Mule, Shaw-Box and Yale, are among the most recognized and respected in the industry. The CM name has been synonymous with overhead hoists since manual hoists were first developed and marketed under the name in the early 1900s. We believe that our strong brand name recognition has created customer loyalty and helps us maintain existing business, as well as capture additional business. No single product comprises more than 1% of our sales, a testament to our broad and diversified product offering.

2

Growing Share of International Markets. We have significantly grown our international sales since becoming a public company in 1996. Our international sales have grown from $34.3 million (representing 16% of net sales) in fiscal 1996 to $191.3 million (representing approximately 37% of our net sales) during fiscal 2005. This growth has occurred primarily in Europe, South America and Asia-Pacific where we have recently opened additional sales offices. Our international business has provided us, and we believe will continue to provide us, with significant growth opportunities and new markets for our products.

Distribution Channel Diversity and Strength. Our products are sold to over 20,000 general and specialty distributors and OEMs. We enjoy long-standing relationships with, and are a preferred provider to, the majority of our largest distributors and industrial buying groups. Over the past decade, there has been significant consolidation among distributors of material handling equipment. We have benefited from this consolidation and have maintained and enhanced our relationships with our leading distributors, as well as formed new relationships. We believe our extensive North American distribution channels provide a significant competitive advantage and allow us to effectively market new product line extensions and promote cross-selling.

Low-Cost Manufacturing with Significant Operating Leverage. We believe we are a low-cost manufacturer and we will continue to consolidate our manufacturing operations and reduce our manufacturing costs through the initiatives summarized below. Our low-cost manufacturing capability continues to positively impact our operating performance as volumes increase.

• Rationalization and Consolidation. In fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, we closed 10 manufacturing plants and three warehouses, as more fully described in “Our Growth Strategy” below.

• Lean Manufacturing. In fiscal 2002, we initiated Lean Manufacturing techniques, facilitating substantial inventory reductions, a significant decline in required manufacturing floor area, a decrease in product lead time and improved productivity and on-time deliveries.

• Selective Vertical Integration. We manufacture many of the critical parts and components used in the manufacture of our hoists and cranes, resulting in reduced costs.

• International Expansion. Our continued expansion of our manufacturing facilities in China and Mexico provides us with another cost efficient platform to manufacture and distribute certain of our products. We now operate 26 manufacturing facilities in eight countries, with 28 stand alone sales and service offices in 11 countries, and nine stand alone warehouse facilities in five countries.

Strong After-Market Sales and Support. We believe that we retain customers and attract new customers due to our ongoing commitment to customer service and satisfaction. We have a large installed base of hoists and chain that drives our after-market sales for components and repair parts and is a stable source of higher margin business. We maintain strong relationships with our customers and provide prompt aftermarket service to end-users of our products through our authorized network of 13 chain repair stations and over 350 hoist service and repair stations.

Long History of Free Cash Flow Generation and Significant Debt Reduction. We have consistently generated positive free cash flow (which we define as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures) by continually reducing our costs, increasing our inventory turnover and reducing the capital intensity of our manufacturing operations. From the beginning of fiscal 2003 through July 3, 2005, we have reduced total debt by $83.8 million, from $350.4 million to $266.6 million, and with our net proceeds from this offering we will reduce our total debt by an additional $40.3 million.

Experienced Management Team with Significant Equity Ownership. Our senior management team provides us with a depth and continuity of experience in the material handling industry. Our management has experience in aggressive cost management, balance sheet management, efficient manufacturing techniques,

3

acquiring and integrating businesses and global operations, all of which are critical to our long-term growth. After giving effect to this offering, our directors and executive officers, as a group, will own an aggregate of approximately 7.1% of our outstanding common stock.

Our Growth Strategy

Increase Our Domestic Organic Growth. We intend to leverage our strong competitive advantages to increase our domestic market share across all of our product lines by:

• Leveraging Our Strong Competitive Position. Our large diversified customer base, our extensive distribution channels and our close relationship with our distributors provide us with insights into customer preferences and product requirements that allow us to anticipate and address the future needs of end-users.

• Introducing New and Cross-Branded Products. We continue to expand our business by developing new material handling products and services and expanding the breadth of our product lines to address customer needs. Over the past three years, we have developed over 100 new or cross-branded products, representing approximately $30.3 million in fiscal 2005 revenues.

Recent new product introductions include:

• global wire rope hoists used in overhead cranes and

• hand hoists and lever tools manufactured at our Chinese plants.

• Leveraging Our Brand Portfolio to Maximize Market Coverage. Most industrial distributors carry one or two lines of material handling products on a semi-exclusive basis. Unlike many of our competitors, we have developed and acquired multiple well-recognized brands that are viewed by both distributors and end-users as discrete product lines. As a result, we are able to sell our products to multiple distributors in the same geographic area. This strategy maximizes our market coverage and provides the largest number of end-users with access to our products.

Continue to Grow in International Markets. Our international sales of $191.3 million comprised 37% of our net sales for fiscal 2005, as compared to $34.3 million, or 16% of our net sales, in fiscal 1996, the year we became a public company. We sell to distributors in approximately 50 countries and have our primary international facilities in Canada, Mexico, Germany, the United Kingdom, Denmark, France and China. In addition to new product introductions, we continue to expand our sales and service presence in the major market areas of Europe, Asia-Pacific and South America through our sales offices and warehouse facilities in Europe, Thailand, Brazil and Mexico. We intend to increase our sales by manufacturing and exporting a broader array of high quality, low-cost products and components from our facilities in Mexico and China for distribution in Europe and Asia-Pacific. We are developing new hoist products in compliance with FEM standards to enhance our global distribution.

Further Reduce Our Operating Costs and Increase Manufacturing Productivity. Our objective is to remain a low-cost producer. We continually seek ways to reduce our operating costs and increase our manufacturing productivity including through our on-going expansion of our manufacturing capacity in low-cost regions, including Mexico and China. In furtherance of this objective, we have undertaken the following:

• Rationalization of Facilities. In fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, we closed 10 manufacturing plants and three warehouses, consolidated a number of similar product lines and standardized certain component parts resulting in an aggregate cost savings of approximately $14 million. We are currently investigating opportunities for further facility rationalization.

4

• Implementation of Lean Manufacturing. We continue to identify efficiencies in our operations through Lean Manufacturing initiated in fiscal 2002. Through fiscal 2005, we have instituted Lean Manufacturing at 15 of our major facilities resulting in the recapture of approximately 164,000 square feet of manufacturing floor area and the consolidation of an additional 920,000 square feet from closed facilities. Additionally, we have reduced inventories by approximately $31 million, or 28.7%, improved productivity and achieved significant reductions in product lead times. Specifically, we improved inventory turns by 21.3% to 5.7x for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 from 4.7x for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Our Lean Manufacturing initiative complements our strategy of rationalizing our manufacturing facilities.

Reduce Our Debt. We intend to continue our focus on cash generation for debt reduction through the following initiatives:

• Increase Operating Cash Flow. We believe that with an improved global economic climate we will realize favorable operating leverage. We further believe that such operating leverage will result in increased operating cash flow available for debt reduction.

• Reduce Working Capital. We believe our improved working capital management and increased productivity resulting from Lean Manufacturing activities will result in increased free cash flow available for debt reduction.

• Sale of Excess Real Estate. We have identified, and expect to continue to identify, excess real estate to be sold. The proceeds of such sales have been, and will continue to be, used to repay our outstanding debt.

• Pursue Selected Divestitures. We periodically review our businesses and are currently evaluating strategic alternatives for certain of our non-strategic businesses. The proceeds from divestitures will provide additional liquidity and improve the flexibility of our capital structure.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances. We intend to evaluate and, where appropriate, pursue bolt-on acquisitions and strategic alliances that expand and complement our existing products and services, broaden our markets, increase our customer base or reduce our production costs.

Recent Developments

Sale of Subordinated Debt. In September 2005, we sold $136.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 8 ⁷/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 in a private placement. The net proceeds therefrom, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand, were used to repurchase and redeem all of our outstanding 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

Second Quarter Results. Net sales for the second quarter of fiscal 2006 were $134.7 million. This quarter’s sales represent a 9.8% increase over sales of $122.7 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Net income for the second quarter of fiscal 2006 was $3.3 million, or $0.21 per share, a $0.7 million or 25.8% increase from $2.6 million, or $0.18 per share, in the prior fiscal year second quarter. Second quarter fiscal 2006 results include the negative impact of the previously announced charges of $3.5 million associated with our recent subordinated debt refinancing. Excluding these charges, net income for the fiscal 2006 second quarter would have been $6.8 million or $0.44 per diluted share, respective increases of 160.7% and 144.4% over reported U.S. GAAP net income and diluted net income per share in the year-ago quarter.

5

Second Quarter Review

Demand from our end user markets was driven by continued strength in the U.S. and international industrial economies as well as a continuation of our successful global growth strategy. Volume accounted for approximately 5 percentage points of the increase in sales while price changes accounted for 4 percentage points, and currency translation for about 1 percentage point.

Our effective tax rate for the fiscal 2006 second quarter was 36.1%, compared with 29.2% in the fiscal 2005 second quarter. The higher effective income tax rate in fiscal 2006 reflects the debt refinancing charges of $3.5 million, which reduced U.S. taxable income in the fiscal 2006 second quarter resulting in no associated tax benefit being recorded in the quarter. We have approximately $93 million of fully reserved U.S. federal net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future U.S. taxable income, allowing more of our U.S.-based margin expansion to be directly reflected in net income.

Debt, net of cash at October 2, 2005, was $238.2 million, a $23.3 million reduction from $261.5 million at March 31, 2005, and a $46.3 million reduction from $284.5 million a year ago. Included in subordinated debt at the end of the second quarter this fiscal year was $25.6 million of the refinanced notes that were settled on October 14, 2005, effectively reducing subordinated debt by that amount in the fiscal 2006 third quarter. The percentage of debt to total capitalization improved to 75.0% or 180 basis points compared with 76.8% at March 31, 2005, and improved 590 basis points compared with 80.9% at the end of last year’s second quarter.

Net cash provided by operations was $24.2 million year-to-date through the fiscal 2006 second quarter, compared with $2.8 million in cash used by operations for the prior year period. The improvement in operating cash flow was driven by earnings growth and improved working capital management. Working capital as a percent of the latest twelve month’s revenues through the fiscal 2006 second quarter improved to 18.1%, compared with 19.4% and 23.1% at the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and last year’s second quarter, respectively.

Products Segment

Products segment sales for the second quarter of fiscal 2006 represented 89.6% of consolidated net sales, increasing 10.7% from last year to $120.7 million. Gross margin for this segment was 27.1%, a 160 basis point improvement from 25.5% in last year’s second quarter. Income from operations, as a percent of sales, was 10.5% for this period, up from 8.7% in the fiscal 2005 second quarter.

Backlog stood at $40.2 million at the end of the quarter, down from $42.8 million and $47.2 million at the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and last year’s second quarter, respectively. The changes in backlog reflect normal business fluctuations. The time to convert Products segment backlog to sales can range from a few days to a few weeks, and backlog for this segment on average represents four to five weeks of shipments.

Solutions Segment

Net sales for the Solutions segment were $14.0 million in the fiscal 2006 second quarter, up $0.3 million, or 2.2%, from sales of $13.7 million in the same period last year. Gross margin was 17.8%, a 220 basis point improvement from 15.6% last year. Income from operations as a percent of sales was 4.1% for this period compared with 3.4% in last year’s second quarter.

Backlog for the Solutions segment at October 2, 2005 was $17.4 million, virtually even with $17.3 million at the end of the fiscal 2006 first quarter and slightly down from backlog of $20.6 million at the end of the fiscal 2005 second quarter. The change in backlog reflects the timing of projects awarded for this segment. The average cycle time for backlog to convert to sales for the Solutions segment can range from one to six months.

6

Six-month Review

Net sales for the first half of fiscal 2006 were $275.6 million, up 12.8%, or $31.2 million, compared with the first half of fiscal 2005. Gross profit of $71.7 million was 16.8% higher for this fiscal year’s first six months, resulting in a 90 basis point improvement in gross profit margin to 26.0%. The improved margin was the result of continued operating leverage. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of sales improved to 15.8%, compared with 16.3% in the prior year. Net income for the first half of fiscal 2006 was $10.6 million, up $4.6 million, or 77.7%. On a per share basis, net income was $0.70 ($0.93 excluding the $0.23 charge for subordinated debt refinancing) for the first half of fiscal 2006, a 70.7% increase from $0.41 for the same period in fiscal 2005.

Capital expenditures for the first half of fiscal 2006 were $3.8 million, up from $1.9 million in the prior year period. We expect capital spending for fiscal 2006 to be in the range of $6.0 to $7.0 million. Higher capital expenditures in the first half of fiscal 2006 included a concentration of new product development and productivity improvement spending.

COLUMBUS MCKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(unaudited)

(amounts in thousands, except per share and percentage data)

	Three Months Ended						Change
	10/2/05			10/3/04
Net sales	$	134,712		$	122,711		9.8	%
Cost of products sold		99,554			92,768		7.3	%
Gross profit		35,158			29,943		17.4	%
Gross profit margin		26.1	%		24.4	%
Selling expense		13,080			12,270		6.6	%
General and administrative expense		8,539			7,517		13.6	%
Restructuring charges		211			184		14.7	%
Amortization		61			76		(19.7	)%
Income from operations		13,267			9,896		34.1	%
Interest and debt expense		6,633			7,141		(7.1	)%
Interest and other expense (income)		1,864			(607	)	(407.1	)%
Income from continued operations before income tax expense		4,770			3,362		41.9	%
Income tax expense		1,721			982		75.3	%
Income from continued operations		3,049			2,380		28.1	%
Income from discontinued operations		214			214		—
Net income	$	3,263		$	2,594		25.8	%
Average basic shares outstanding		14,845			14,585		1.8	%
Basic net income per share:
Continuing operations	$	0.21		$	0.17		17.6	%
Discontinued operations		0.01			0.01		—
Net income	$	0.22		$	0.18		16.7	%
Average diluted shares outstanding		15,431			14,800		4.3	%
Diluted net income per share:
Continuing operations	$	0.20		$	0.17		17.6	%
Discontinued operations		0.01			0.01
Net income	$	0.21		$	0.18		16.7	%

7

COLUMBUS MCKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(unaudited)

(amounts in thousands, except per share and percentage data)

	Six Months Ended						Change
	10/2/05			10/3/04
Net sales	$	275,589		$	244,369		12.8	%
Cost of products sold		203,888			182,975		11.4	%
Gross profit		71,701			61,394		16.8	%
Gross profit margin		26.0	%		25.1	%
Selling expense		26,738			24,970		7.1	%
General and administrative expense		16,714			15,002		11.4	%
Restructuring charges		237			217		9.2	%
Amortization		123			153		(19.6	)%
Income from operations		27,889			21,052		32.5	%
Interest and debt expense		13,349			14,189		(5.9	)%
Interest and other expense (income)		1,075			(589	)	(282.5	)%
Income from continued operations before income tax expense		13,465			7,452		80.7	%
Income tax expense		3,308			1,710		93.5	%
Income from continued operations		10,157			5,742		76.9	%
Income from discontinued operations		428			214
Net income	$	10,585		$	5,956		77.7	%
Average basic shares outstanding		14,757			14,585		1.2	%
Basic net income per share:
Continuing operations	$	0.69		$	0.40		72.5	%
Discontinued operations		0.03			0.01
Net income	$	0.72		$	0.41		75.6	%
Average diluted shares outstanding		15,227			14,698		3.6	%
Diluted net income per share:
Continuing operations	$	0.67		$	0.40		67.5	%
Discontinued operations		0.03			0.01
Net income	$	0.70		$	0.41		70.7	%

8

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(amounts in thousands)

	10/2/05			3/31/05
	(unaudited)			(audited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	42,535		$	9,479
Trade accounts receivable		86,026			88,974
Unbilled revenues		10,862			8,848
Inventories		77,637			77,626
Prepaid expenses		14,317			14,198
Total current assets		231,377			199,125
Net property, plant, and equipment		54,532			57,237
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		186,732			187,285
Marketable securities		25,165			24,615
Deferred taxes on income		4,327			6,122
Other assets		6,635			6,487
Total assets	$	508,768		$	480,871
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable to banks	$	3,318		$	4,839
Trade accounts payable		37,833			33,688
Accrued liabilities		51,955			51,962
Restructuring reserve		114			144
Current portion of long-term debt		195			5,819
Total current liabilities		93,415			96,452
Senior debt, less current portion		115,600			115,735
Subordinated debt		161,600			144,548
Other non-current liabilities		44,751			42,369
Total liabilities		415,366			399,104
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock		152			149
Additional paid-in capital		106,795			104,078
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		1,941			(8,644	)
ESOP debt guarantee		(4,260	)		(4,554	)
Unearned restricted stock		(29	)		(6	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(11,197	)		(9,256	)
Total shareholders’ equity		93,402			81,767
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	508,768		$	480,871

9

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(unaudited)

(amounts in thousands)

	Six Months Ended
	10/2/05			10/3/04
Operating activities:
Income from continuing operations	$	10,157		$	5,742
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations:
Depreciation and amortization		4,651			4,652
Deferred income taxes		1,795			1,275
Gain on sale of real estate/investments		(1,547	)		—
Loss on early retirement of 2008 bonds		2,407			—
Amortization/write-off of deferred financing costs		1,563			655
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable		2,381			578
Unbilled revenues and excess billings		(2,798	)		(2,175	)
Inventories		(301	)		(5,257	)
Prepaid expenses		(97	)		1,342
Other assets		(202	)		(135	)
Trade accounts payable		4,666			(4,718	)
Accrued and non-current liabilities		1,487			(4,781	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations		24,162			(2,822	)
Investing activities:
Sale of marketable securities, net		475			1,991
Capital expenditures		(3,761	)		(1,948	)
Proceeds from sale of businesses and fixed assets		2,091			—
Net assets held for sale		—			300
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of continuing operations		(1,195	)		343
Financing activities:
Proceeds from stock options exercised		2,729			—
Net payments under revolving line-of-credit agreements		(1,110	)		8,036
Repayment of debt		(126,953	)		(7,173	)
Payment of deferred financing costs		(1,566	)		(11	)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		136,000			—
Other		294			286
Net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations		9,394			1,138
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		267			(91	)
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations		32,628			(1,432	)
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		428			214
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		33,056			(1,218	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		9,479			11,101
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	42,535		$	9,883

10

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA

(unaudited)

(amounts in thousands, except percentage data)

	Products			Solutions			Consolidated
Quarter ended 10/2/05
Net sales	$	120,674		$	14,038		$	134,712
Gross profit		32,665			2,493			35,158
Margin		27.1	%		17.8	%		26.1	%
Income from operations		12,692			575			13,267
Margin		10.5	%		4.1	%		9.8	%
Quarter ended 10/3/04
Net sales	$	108,981		$	13,730		$	122,711
Gross profit		27,805			2,138			29,943
Margin		25.5	%		15.6	%		24.4	%
Income from operations		9,435			461			9,896
Margin		8.7	%		3.4	%		8.1	%
Six-months ended 10/2/05
Net sales	$	244,555		$	31,034		$	275,589
Gross profit		66,885			4,816			71,701
Margin		27.3	%		15.5	%		26.0	%
Income from operations		26,820			1,069			27,889
Margin		11.0	%		3.4	%		10.1	%
Six-months ended 10/3/04
Net sales	$	217,538		$	26,831		$	244,369
Gross profit		57,050			4,344			61,394
Margin		26.2	%		16.2	%		25.1	%
Income from operations		20,259			793			21,052
Margin		9.3	%		3.0	%		8.6	%

11

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

ADDITIONAL DATA

	October 2, 2005			October 3, 2004
Backlog (in thousands)
Products segment	$	40,235		$	47,194
Solutions segment		17,402			20,647
Trade accounts receivable –
Days sales outstanding		58.1			62.6
Inventory turns per year (based on cost of products sold)		5.1	x		5.0	x
Days per turn		71.6			73.0
Trade accounts payable –
Days payables outstanding		34.6			25.0
Working capital as a % of total sales		18.1	%		23.1	%
Debt to total capitalization percentage		75.0	%		80.9	%

Shipping Days by Quarter
	Q1	Q2	Q3	Q4
FY06	65	63	58	65
FY05	65	63	58	63

12

The Offering

Common stock being offered by us	3,000,000	shares
Common stock being offered by the selling shareholder	350,000	shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering	18,247,572	shares(1)
Use of Proceeds	We will use the net proceeds to redeem approximately $40.3 million of our outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2010 and for general corporate purposes in furtherance of our strategy of global growth, including additional debt repayment, investments and acquisitions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholder. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Nasdaq National Market symbol	“CMCO”

(1) Excludes (i) 450,000 shares of common stock that may be sold by us to the underwriters to cover over-allotments and (ii) 1,632,100 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option plans, of which 1,423,300 shares were subject to outstanding options as of October 2, 2005 at a weighted average exercise price of $11.43 per share.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the information under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

Additional Information

Our company was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1929. Our executive offices are located at 140 John James Audubon Parkway, Amherst, New York 14228-1197, and our telephone number is (716) 689-5400. Our web site address is http://www.cmworks.com. Information contained in our web site is not a part of this prospectus.

13

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(amounts in millions, except per share data)

The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data for the three-year period ended March 31, 2005, for the three-month periods ended July 4, 2004 and July 3, 2005 and the twelve-month period ended July 3, 2005. The consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial data for the three months ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial data for the twelve months ended July 3, 2005 are derived from both the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which the company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods.

The information presented below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the three and twelve-month periods ended July 3, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended March 31, 2006.

14

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31									Three Months Ended						Twelve Months Ended 07/03/05
	2003			2004			2005			07/04/04			07/03/05
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	453.3		$	444.5		$	514.8		$	121.7		$	140.9		$	534.0
Cost of products sold		346.0			339.7			388.9			90.2			104.3			403.0
Gross profit		107.3			104.8			125.9			31.5			36.6			131.0
Selling expenses		47.4			48.3			52.3			12.7			13.7			53.3
General and administrative expenses		26.6			25.0			31.7			7.5			8.2			32.4
Restructuring charges(1)		3.7			1.2			0.9			—			—			0.9
Write-off/amortization of intangibles(2)		4.2			0.4			0.3			0.1			0.1			0.3
Income from operations		25.4			29.9			40.7			11.2			14.6			44.1
Interest and debt expense		32.0			28.9			27.6			7.1			6.7			27.2
Other income		(2.1	)		(4.2	)		(5.2	)		—			(0.8	)		(6.0	)
(Loss) income before income tax expense		(4.5	)		5.2			18.3			4.1			8.7			22.9
Income tax expense		1.5			4.0			2.2			0.7			1.6			3.1
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(6.0	)		1.2			16.1			3.4			7.1			19.8
Total income from discontinued operations		—			—			0.6			—			0.2			0.8
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(2)		(8.0	)		—			—			—			—			—
Net (loss) income	$	(14.0	)	$	1.2		$	16.7		$	3.4		$	7.3		$	20.6
Basic (loss) income per share	$	(0.97	)	$	0.08		$	1.14		$	0.23		$	0.50		$	1.41
Diluted (loss) income per share	$	(0.97	)	$	0.08		$	1.13		$	0.23		$	0.49		$	1.38
Average basic shares outstanding		14.5			14.6			14.6			14.6			14.7			14.6
Average diluted shares outstanding		14.5			14.6			14.8			14.6			15.0			14.9
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1.9		$	11.1		$	9.5		$	12.1		$	13.6		$	13.6
Working capital		96.4			101.3			102.7			104.6			112.3			112.3
Total assets		482.6			473.4			480.9			471.3			486.3			486.3
Total debt(3)		316.3			293.4			270.9			293.6			266.6			266.6
Total shareholders’ equity		52.7			63.0			81.8			66.3			86.2			86.2
Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization		14.8			10.1			9.2			2.3			2.4			9.3
Capital expenditures		5.0			3.6			5.9			0.8			1.7			6.8
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations		14.2			26.4			17.2			1.1			10.6			26.7
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations		16.0			4.3			2.5			(0.4	)		(2.4	)		0.5
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities of continuing operations		(41.9	)		(21.5	)		(21.9	)		0.2			(3.9	)		(26.0	)

(1) Refer to “Results of Operations” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” for a discussion of the restructuring charges related to fiscal 2003, 2004 and fiscal 2005.

(2) As a result of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 142, commencing in 2003, goodwill is no longer amortized. The write-off/amortization of intangibles charge in fiscal 2003 represents a $4.0 million impairment write-off. In addition, the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle represents the impact of adopting SFAS No. 142.

(3) Total debt includes long-term debt, including the current portion, notes payable and subordinated debt.

15

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risk. The risks below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business operations. All of the following risks could affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or a part of your original investment. You should consider carefully, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, the following risk factors before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is cyclical and is affected by industrial economic conditions, and over the past several years we experienced substantially reduced demand for our products.

Many of the end-users of our products are in highly cyclical industries, such as general manufacturing and construction, that are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions. Their demand for our products, and thus our results of operations, is directly related to the level of production in their facilities, which changes as a result of changes in general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control. In fiscal 2003 and 2004, for example, we experienced significantly reduced demand for our products, generally as a result of the global economic slowdown, and more specifically as a result of the dramatic decline in capital goods spending in the industries in which our end-users operate. These lower levels of demand resulted in a 24.2% decline in net sales from fiscal 2001 to fiscal 2004, from $586.2 million to $444.6 million. This decline in net sales resulted in a 54.6% decrease in our income from operations during the same period. We saw a significant improvement in demand for our products in fiscal 2005. Our net sales for fiscal 2005 were $514.8 million, up $70.2 million or 15.8% from fiscal 2004 net sales.

If the current upturn does not continue or if there is deterioration in the general economy or in the industries we serve, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the cyclical nature of our business could at times also adversely affect our liquidity and ability to borrow under our revolving credit facility.

Our substantial level of indebtedness may adversely affect our financial condition, limit our ability to grow and compete and prevent us from fulfilling our debt service obligations.

We are highly leveraged, which means that we have incurred indebtedness that is substantial in relation to our income from operations, net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations and shareholders’ equity. As of July 3, 2005, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the sale of $136.0 million principal amount of our 8 ⁷/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (“8 ⁷/8% Notes”) in September 2005 and the use of the net proceeds therefrom, together with additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repurchase and redeem all of our outstanding 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (“8 ¹/2% Notes”) and (ii) the sale of our common stock in this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as described in “Capitalization”, we would have had total debt of approximately $230.4 million. This total debt represents approximately 62.0% of our total pro forma capitalization at that date. The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences to holders of our common stock, including the following:

• we must dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, which reduces the funds available for our operations;

• a portion of our debt is at variable rates of interest, which makes us vulnerable to increases in interest rates; for example, interest expense for fiscal 2005 would have increased $0.1 million for every percentage point increase in interest rates, based upon our pro forma variable rate debt outstanding as of July 3, 2005;

• it may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

16

• it may limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and to withstand competitive pressures, putting us at a competitive disadvantage; and

• we may be more vulnerable to a continued downturn in general economic conditions or in our business, or we may be unable to carry out capital spending that is important to our growth and productivity-improvement programs.

We rely in large part on independent distributors for sales of our products.

We depend on independent distributors to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our end-user customers. Distributors play a significant role in determining which of our products are stocked at the branch locations, and hence are most readily accessible to aftermarket buyers, and the price at which these products are sold. Almost all of the distributors with whom we transact business offer competitive products and services to our end-user customers. We do not have written agreements with our distributors located in the United States. The loss of a substantial number of these distributors or an increase in the distributors’ sales of our competitors’ products to our ultimate customers could materially reduce our sales and profits.

We are subject to currency fluctuations from our international sales.

Our products are sold in many countries around the world. Thus, a portion of our revenues (approximately $153.8 million in fiscal year 2005) is generated in foreign currencies, including principally the euro and the Canadian dollar, while a portion of the costs incurred to generate those revenues are incurred in other currencies. Since our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings. We currently do not have exchange rate hedges in place to reduce the risk of an adverse currency exchange movement. Currency fluctuations may impact our financial performance in the future.

Our international operations pose certain risks that may adversely impact sales and earnings.

We have operations and assets located outside of the United States, primarily in Canada, Mexico, Germany, the United Kingdom, Denmark, France and China. In addition, we import a portion of our hoist product line from Asia, and sell our products to distributors located in approximately 50 countries. In fiscal year 2005, approximately 37% of our net sales were derived from non-U.S. markets. These international operations are subject to a number of special risks, in addition to the risks of our domestic business, including currency exchange rate fluctuations, differing protections of intellectual property, trade barriers, labor unrest, exchange controls, regional economic uncertainty, differing (and possibly more stringent) labor regulation, risk of governmental expropriation, domestic and foreign customs and tariffs, current and changing regulatory environments, difficulty in obtaining distribution support, difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations, differences in the availability and terms of financing, political instability and risks of increases in taxes. Also, in some foreign jurisdictions we may be subject to laws limiting the right and ability of entities organized or operating therein to pay dividends or remit earnings to affiliated companies unless specified conditions are met. These factors may adversely affect our future profits.

Part of our strategy is to expand our worldwide market share and reduce costs by strengthening our international distribution capabilities and sourcing basic components in foreign countries, in particular in Mexico and China. Implementation of this strategy may increase the impact of the risks described above, and we cannot assure you that such risks will not have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business is highly competitive and increased competition could reduce our sales, earnings and profitability.

The principal markets that we serve within the material handling industry are fragmented and highly competitive. Competition is based primarily on performance, functionality, price, brand recognition, customer

17

service and support, and product availability. Our competition in the markets in which we participate comes from companies of various sizes, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do. Increased competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer additional services at a higher cost to us, which could reduce our gross margins and net income.

The greater financial resources or the lower amount of debt of certain of our competitors may enable them to commit larger amounts of capital in response to changing market conditions. Certain competitors may also have the ability to develop product or service innovations that could put us at a disadvantage. In addition, some of our competitors have achieved substantially more market penetration in certain of the markets in which we operate, including crane building. If we are unable to compete successfully against other manufacturers of material handling equipment, we could lose customers and our revenues may decline. There can also be no assurance that customers will continue to regard our products favorably, that we will be able to develop new products that appeal to customers, that we will be able to improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers or that we will be able to continue to compete successfully in our core markets.

Our products involve risks of personal injury and property damage, which exposes us to potential liability.

Our business exposes us to possible claims for personal injury or death and property damage resulting from the products that we sell. We maintain insurance through a combination of self-insurance retentions and excess insurance coverage. We monitor claims and potential claims of which we become aware and establish accrued liability reserves for the self-insurance amounts based on our liability estimates for such claims. We cannot give any assurance that existing or future claims will not exceed our estimates for self-insurance or the amount of our excess insurance coverage. In addition, we cannot give any assurance that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms or that our insurers would not require us to increase our self-insurance amounts. Claims brought against us that are not covered by insurance or that result in recoveries in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our results and financial condition.

Our future operating results may be affected by fluctuations in steel prices. We may not be able to pass on increases in raw material costs to our customers.

The principal raw material used in our chain, forging and crane building operations is steel. The steel industry as a whole is highly cyclical, and at times pricing can be volatile due to a number of factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, labor costs, competition, import duties, tariffs and currency exchange rates. During 2004, the market price of steel increased significantly but has stabilized, or even decreased in some steel categories during 2005. This volatility can significantly affect our raw material costs. In an environment of increasing raw material prices, competitive conditions will determine how much of the steel price increases we can pass on to our customers. During 2004 and 2005, we were successful at adding and maintaining a surcharge to the costs of our high steel content products reflecting the increased cost of steel. In the future, to the extent we are unable to pass on any steel price increases to our customers, our profitability could be adversely affected.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of any member could adversely affect our operations.

Our success is dependent on the management and leadership skills of our senior management team. The loss of any of these individuals or an inability to attract, retain and maintain additional personnel could prevent us from implementing our business strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing senior management personnel or attract additional qualified personnel when needed. Effective August 4, 2005, our former Chief Financial Officer, Robert R. Friedl, resigned as an employee of the company. We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our senior management personnel.

18

We are subject to various environmental laws which may require us to expend significant capital and incur substantial cost.

Our operations and facilities are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign requirements relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants in the air and water, the generation, management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We have made, and will continue to make, significant expenditures to comply with such requirements. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations, or changes in such laws and regulations (such as the imposition of more stringent standards for discharges into the environment), could result in substantial costs to us, including operating costs and capital expenditures, fines and civil and criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury, clean-up costs or costs relating to the temporary or permanent discontinuance of operations. Certain of our facilities have been in operation for many years, and we have remediated contamination at some of our facilities. Over time, we and other predecessor operators of such facilities have generated, used, handled and disposed of hazardous and other regulated wastes. We could incur additional environmental liabilities, including clean-up obligations at these locations or other sites at which materials from our operations were disposed, which could result in substantial future expenditures that cannot be currently quantified and which could reduce our profits or have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Risks Related to the Offering

Our management has broad discretion over the use of a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering.

While we intend to use approximately $40.3 million of the net proceeds to us from this offering to repurchase a portion of our outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2010, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds to us from this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the balance of the net proceeds are being used appropriately. We may use these net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not increase our profitability or our market value. Pending application of the net proceeds, we may place them in investments that produce low investment yields or that lose value.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or the perception that such sales may occur could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales may occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

As of October 2, 2005 there were 15,247,572 shares of our common stock outstanding. Subject to the lock-up provisions described below, all of these shares will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), as amended, by persons other than our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In connection with this offering, our executive officers, directors and the selling shareholder have agreed not to publicly sell shares of our common stock for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock by these holders, or the perception that such sales could occur, could result in a significant decline in the market price of our common stock.

19

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

The price you pay in this offering may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering and we cannot assure you that the market price will equal or exceed the price you pay in this offering. The trading price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock may include:

• variations in our financial results;

• announcements of new business initiatives by us or by our competitors;

• recruitment or departure of key personnel;

• changes in the estimates of our financial results, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any such estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock or the common stock of our competitors; and

• market conditions in our industry and the economy as a whole.

In addition, if the market for our products or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline in spite of our operating performance. The trading price of our common stock may also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the offering price.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We cannot control what these analysts publish. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Rights Agreement, as well as the New York Business Corporation Law, contain provisions that could have the effect of deterring takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, our Rights Agreement and applicable New York law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control that shareholders may consider favorable or may impede the ability of the holders of our common stock to change our management. The provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws:

• authorize our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series, without shareholder approval;

• regulate how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at annual meetings of shareholders; and

• limit the right of shareholders to remove a director.

Our Rights Agreement and applicable provisions of New York law impose limitations on persons proposing to acquire us in a transaction not approved by our Board of Directors.

20

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements regarding our future prospects. These statements may be identified by terms and phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “continue,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “will” and similar expressions and relate to future events and occurrences. These forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements include, but are not limited to, those factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16, as well as the following:

• general economic and capital market conditions, including political and economic uncertainty in various areas of the world where we do business;

• varying and seasonal levels of demand for our products and services;

• consolidation within our customer base and the resulting increased concentration of our sales;

• pricing and product actions taken by our competitors;

• financial conditions of our customers;

• customers’ perception of our financial condition relative to that of our competitors;

• changes in United States or foreign tax laws or regulations;

• reliance upon suppliers and risks of production disruptions and supply and capacity constraints;

• costs of raw materials and energy;

• risks associated with reconfiguration and relocation of manufacturing operations;

• the effectiveness of our cost reduction initiatives;

• industry innovation and our own research and development efforts;

• interest and foreign currency exchange rates;

• risks associated with product liability;

• unforeseen liabilities arising from patent or other litigation; and

• our dependence on key management.

Given these factors, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our future prospects. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. These statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, the occurrence of future events or otherwise.

21

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of 3.0 million shares of common stock that we are offering will be approximately $62.6 million ($72.1 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full) after the payment of underwriting discounts, commissions and our estimated offering expenses, based on an assumed offering price to the public of $22.30 per share (the last reported sale price on November 2, 2005). We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholder.

We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately $40.3 million principal amount of our outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes (the “10% Notes”) pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the indenture governing the 10% Notes at a purchase price equal to 110% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

We intend to use the balance of our net proceeds from this offering for other general corporate purposes in furtherance of our strategy of global growth, including additional debt repayment, acquisitions and investments. We have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, and we currently are not engaged in negotiations with respect to any acquisition or investment. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying these proceeds.

22

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND HISTORY

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CMCO.” As of October 2, 2005, there were 515 holders of record of our common stock.

From 1988 through the second quarter of fiscal 2002, we paid quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. In January 2002, we announced that we were indefinitely suspending the payment of cash dividends on our common stock in order to dedicate our cash resources to the repayment of outstanding indebtedness. We may reconsider or revise this policy from time to time based upon conditions then existing, including, without limitation, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements or other conditions our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share for our common stock as reported on The Nasdaq National Market.

	Price Range of Common Stock
	High		Low
Year Ended March 31, 2004
First Quarter	$	2.72	$	1.30
Second Quarter		4.84		2.31
Third Quarter		7.80		4.58
Fourth Quarter		11.72		6.35
Year Ended March 31, 2005
First Quarter	$	8.08	$	5.08
Second Quarter		9.79		6.79
Third Quarter		9.30		7.10
Fourth Quarter		13.82		8.30
Year Ended March 31, 2006
First Quarter	$	13.37	$	8.62
Second Quarter		24.78		11.03
Third Quarter (through November 2, 2005)		25.80		21.37

On November 2, 2005, the last reported sale price of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market was $22.30 per share.

23

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash position and capitalization as of October 2, 2005 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) as adjusted to give effect to the redemption in October 2005 of $25.6 million principal amount of our outstanding 8 ¹/2% Notes and (iii) as further adjusted to give effect to the completion of this offering and the redemption of $40.3 million principal amount of our outstanding 10% Notes with a portion of the net proceeds therefrom as described further in “Use of Proceeds.”

The information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	October 2, 2005
	Actual			As Adjusted			As Further Adjusted
	(dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents(1)	$	42.5		$	16.9		$	34.1
Debt:
Revolving credit facility	$	—		$	—		$	—
10% Notes		115.0			115.0			74.7
Other senior debt(2)		4.1			4.1			4.1
8 1/2% Notes		25.6			—			—
8 7/8% Notes		136.0			136.0			136.0
Total debt		280.7			255.1			214.8
Shareholders’ equity(3)
Voting common stock		0.2			0.2			0.2
Additional paid-in capital		106.8			106.8			169.3
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		1.9			1.9			(3.0	)
ESOP debt guarantee		(4.3	)		(4.3	)		(4.3	)
Unearned restricted stock		(0.0	)		(0.0	)		(0.0	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(11.2	)		(11.2	)		(11.2	)
Total shareholders’ equity		93.4			93.4			151.0
Total capitalization	$	374.1		$	348.5		$	365.8

(1) Cash and cash equivalents As Further Adjusted includes net proceeds of $62.6 million less debt redeemed of $40.3 million, redemption premiums of $4.0 million, and accrued interest on debt redeemed of $1.1 million.

(2) Other senior debt includes working capital facilities and other debt of our foreign subsidiaries.

(3) Adjustments to our shareholders’ equity reflect fees of $4.3 million, redemption premiums of $4.0 million, write-offs of capitalized financing fees on our 10% Notes of $1.0 million, and the proceeds from this offering.

24

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(amounts in millions, except per share data)

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the five-year period ended March 31, 2005, for the three-month periods ended July 4, 2004 and July 3, 2005 and the twelve-month period ended July 3, 2005. The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial data for the three months ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial data for the twelve months ended July 3, 2005 are derived from both the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2005 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which the company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. In May 2002, we sold substantially all of the assets of our ASI subsidiary. Our consolidated financial statements for the periods presented have been restated to reflect the ASI business as a discontinued operation. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference herein for more information on the discontinued operations.

The information presented below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for the three and twelve-month periods ended July 3, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended March 31, 2006.

25

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31															Three Months Ended						Twelve Months Ended 07/03/05
	2001			2002			2003			2004			2005			07/04/04			07/03/05
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	586.2		$	480.0		$	453.3		$	444.5		$	514.8		$	121.7		$	140.9		$	534.0
Cost of products sold		426.7			359.5			346.0			339.7			388.9			90.2			104.3			403.0
Gross profit		159.5			120.5			107.3			104.8			125.9			31.5			36.6			131.0
Selling expenses		48.4			43.5			47.4			48.3			52.3			12.7			13.7			53.3
General and administrative expenses		34.3			28.3			26.6			25.0			31.7			7.5			8.2			32.4
Restructuring charges(1)		—			9.6			3.7			1.2			0.9			—			—			0.9
Write-off/amortization of intangibles(2)		11.0			11.0			4.2			0.4			0.3			0.1			0.1			0.3
Income from operations		65.8			28.1			25.4			29.9			40.7			11.2			14.6			44.1
Interest and debt expense		36.3			29.4			32.0			28.9			27.6			7.1			6.7			27.2
Other (income) and expense, net		(2.2	)		2.4			(2.1	)		(4.2	)		(5.2	)		—			(0.8	)		(6.0	)
Income (loss) before income tax expense		31.7			(3.7	)		(4.5	)		5.2			18.3			4.1			8.7			22.9
Income tax expense		16.8			2.3			1.5			4.0			2.2			0.7			1.6			3.1
Income (loss) from continuing operations		14.9			(6.0	)		(6.0	)		1.2			16.1			3.4			7.1			19.8
Total income (loss) from discontinued operations		0.3			(129.3	)		—			—			0.6			—			0.2			0.8
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle(2)		—			—			(8.0	)		—			—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)	$	15.2		$	(135.3	)	$	(14.0	)	$	1.2		$	16.7		$	3.4		$	7.3		$	20.6
Basic income (loss) per share	$	1.06		$	(9.39	)	$	(0.97	)	$	0.08		$	1.14		$	0.23		$	0.50		$	1.41
Diluted income (loss) per share	$	1.06		$	(9.39	)	$	(0.97	)	$	0.08		$	1.13		$	0.23		$	0.49		$	1.38
Average basic shares outstanding		14.3			14.4			14.5			14.6			14.6			14.6			14.7			14.6
Average diluted shares outstanding		14.3			14.4			14.5			14.6			14.8			14.6			15.0			14.9
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	14.0		$	13.1		$	1.9		$	11.1		$	9.5		$	12.1		$	13.6		$	13.6
Working capital(4)		203.1			(2.0	)		96.4			101.3			102.7			104.6			112.3			112.3
Total assets(5)		722.4			524.3			482.6			473.4			480.9			471.3			486.3			486.3
Total debt(6)		410.0			350.4			316.3			293.4			270.9			293.6			266.6			266.6
Total shareholders’ equity		207.9			71.6			52.7			63.0			81.8			66.3			86.2			86.2
Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization		22.7			22.5			14.8			10.1			9.2			2.3			2.4			9.3
Capital expenditures		10.2			4.7			5.0			3.6			5.9			0.8			1.7			6.8
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations		38.3			49.8			14.2			26.4			17.2			1.1			10.6			26.7
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of continuing operations		(7.2	)		(1.6	)		16.0			4.3			2.5			(0.4	)		(2.4	)		0.5
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities of continuing operations		(19.5	)		(48.5	)		(41.9	)		(21.5	)		(21.9	)		0.2			(3.9	)		(26.0	)

(1) Refer to “Results of Operations” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” for a discussion of the restructuring charges related to fiscal 2003, 2004 and fiscal 2005. Restructuring charges for fiscal 2002 include exit costs of $2.4 million of severance relating to approximately 250 employees and $7.2 million of lease termination, facility wind-down and maintenance of non-operating facilities prior to disposal. Included in the restructuring charges was approximately $8.3 million to terminate a lease facility, resulting in the purchase of the property with an estimated fair value of approximately $2.3 million which was recorded as an offset to the restructuring charges.

(2) As a result of our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 142, commencing in 2003, goodwill is no longer amortized. The write-off/amortization of intangibles charge in fiscal 2003 represents a $4.0 million impairment write-off. In addition, the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle represents the impact of adopting SFAS No. 142.

(3) Statement of Operations data represent our continuing operations for all periods presented and have been restated to remove ASI results from the continuing operations data. In May 2002, we sold substantially all of the assets of ASI. We received $20.6 million in cash and an 8% subordinated note in the principal amount of $6.8 million which is payable over 10 years beginning in August 2004. The full amount of this note has been reserved due to the uncertainty of collection. Principal payments received on the note are recorded as income from discontinued operations at the time of receipt. All interest and principal payments required under the note have been made to date. We recorded an after-tax loss of $121.5 million or $8.43 per diluted share and reflected ASI as a discontinued operation in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002. The loss included closing costs from the transaction and estimated operating losses of the discontinued operation through the date of the sale, May 10, 2002. The loss was due primarily to the write-off of $104.0 million of goodwill and a $17.5 million loss related to the write-off of the remaining net assets in excess of the selling price. Refer to Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on Discontinued Operations.

(4) Working capital includes net current assets of discontinued operations of $46.9 million and $21.5 million as of March 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. At March 31, 2002, working capital was net of $145.8 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility that was due to expire on March 31, 2003 and refinanced in November 2002.

(5) Total assets includes net assets of discontinued operations of $163.5 million and $21.5 million as of March 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

(6) Total debt includes long-term debt, including the current portion, notes payable and subordinated debt.

26

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS

OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Executive Overview

We are a leading manufacturer and marketer of hoists, cranes, chain, conveyors, material handling systems, lift tables and component parts serving a wide variety of commercial and industrial end-user markets. Our products are used to efficiently and ergonomically move, lift, position or secure objects and loads. Our Products segment sells a wide variety of powered and manually operated wire rope and chain hoists, industrial crane systems, chain, hooks and attachments, actuators and rotary unions. Our Solutions segment designs, manufactures, and installs application-specific material handling systems and solutions for end-users to improve workstation and facility-wide workflow.

Founded in 1875, we have grown to our current leadership position through organic growth and also as the result of the 14 businesses we acquired between February 1994 and April 1999. We have developed our leading market position over our 130-year history by emphasizing technological innovation, manufacturing excellence and superior after-sale service. In addition, the acquisitions significantly broadened our product lines and services and expanded our geographic reach, end-user markets and customer base. Integration of the operations of the acquired businesses with our previously existing businesses is substantially complete. Ongoing integration of these businesses includes improving our productivity, further reducing our excess manufacturing capacity, developing new products and extending our cross-selling activities to the European and Asian marketplaces. We are executing those initiatives through our Lean Manufacturing efforts, facility rationalization program, new product development and expanded sales activities.

Our Lean Manufacturing efforts are fundamentally changing our manufacturing processes to be more responsive to customer demand and improving on-time delivery and productivity. From 2001 through 2004, under our facility rationalization program, we closed 13 facilities and consolidated several product lines, with potential opportunity for further rationalization. Also, we have been undergoing assessments for possible divestiture of several less-strategic businesses. Our manipulator and specialty marine chain businesses were sold in fiscal 2004 and two others remain as possible divestiture candidates, including our conveyor business which comprises a majority of our Solutions segment and a specialty crane business within our Products segment. In furtherance of our facility rationalization projects, in January 2005 we completed the sale of a Chicago-area property resulting in a $2.7 million gain, which was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. In February 2005, we announced the sale and partial leaseback of our corporate headquarters building in Amherst, New York at a $2.2 million gain, of which $1.0 million was also recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 and the remainder will be deferred and recognized pro rata over the life of its ten year leaseback period. Additionally, we sold a Virginia property in the fiscal 2005 fourth quarter, and recognized a $0.2 million gain. We will continue to sell surplus real estate resulting from our facility rationalization projects and those divestitures may result in gains or losses. To broaden our product offering in markets where we have a strong competitive position as well as to facilitate penetration into new geographic markets, we have heightened our new product development activities. This includes development of hoist lines in accordance with international standards, to complement our current offering of hoist products designed in accordance with U.S. standards. To further expand our global sales, we are introducing certain of our products that historically have been distributed only in North America and also introducing new products through our existing European distribution network. Furthermore, we are working to build a distribution network in China to capture an anticipated growing demand for material handling products as that economy continues to industrialize.

Many of the U.S. industrial sectors that we serve have been impacted by soft economic conditions since mid-1998. These conditions deteriorated significantly in our fiscal 2001 fourth quarter and continued to decline throughout fiscal 2002 and 2003, negatively impacting our net sales and financial performance. We began to see some stabilization and then very modest improvement in the latter half of fiscal 2004 and significant improvement in fiscal 2005. Our net sales dropped by 5.6% to $453.3 million in fiscal 2003 and by an additional 1.9% to $444.6 million in fiscal 2004, primarily due to this downturn in the business cycle. However, our net

27

sales in fiscal 2005 and the first quarter of fiscal 2006 each improved by 15.8% to $514.8 million and $140.9 million, respectively, over the comparable periods in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 as the company experienced definitive economic improvement. We monitor such indicators as U.S. Industrial Capacity Utilization and Industrial Production, which have been increasing since July 2003. Further, we continue to monitor the potential impact of negative global and domestic trends, including steel price fluctuations, possibly rising interest rates and uncertainty in some end-user markets around the globe. In addition, to enhance future revenue opportunities, we are increasing our sales and marketing efforts in international markets and investing in new products and services as further described in “Business—Our Growth Strategy”.

Use of Estimates in Financial Statements

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we review our estimates, including those related to litigation, liability for self-insurance, impairment of goodwill and other intangibles, based on currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004

Net sales in the fiscal 2006 quarter ended July 3, 2005 were $140.9 million, up $19.2 million or 15.8% from the fiscal 2005 quarter ended July 4, 2004. Sales in the Products segment increased by $15.3 million or 14.1% from the previous year’s quarter. These increases are due to the continued strength of U.S. and European industrial markets, as well as the impact of price increases ($6.1 million) and surcharges ($1.8 million) to recover cost increases. Translation of foreign currencies, particularly the Euro and Canadian dollar, into U.S. dollars contributed $1.3 million toward the Products segment increase in sales for the quarter ended July 3, 2005. Sales in the Solutions segment increased 29.7% or $3.9 million for the quarter ended July 3, 2005 when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase in this segment for the quarter is primarily due to improvement in our European conveyor business. Translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars contributed $0.6 million toward the Solutions segment increase in sales for the quarter ended July 3, 2005. Sales in the segments are summarized as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005		July 4, 2004		Change Amount		%
	(dollars in millions)
Products	$	123.9	$	108.6	$	15.3	14.1
Solutions		17.0		13.1		3.9	29.7
Net Sales	$	140.9	$	121.7	$	19.2	15.8

Gross profit and gross profit margins by operating segment are summarized as follows:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005			July 4, 2004
	Amount		%	Amount		%
	(dollars in millions)
Products	$	34.2	27.6	$	29.3	26.9
Solutions		2.3	13.7		2.2	16.8
Net Sales	$	36.5	25.9	$	31.5	25.9

28

The increase in the gross profit margin for the Products segment is the result of realization of operational leverage at increased sales volumes and previous cost containment activities. The Solutions segment gross profit margin was unfavorably impacted by product mix.

Selling expenses were $13.7 million and $12.7 million in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The change in expense dollars was impacted by increased investment in international markets ($0.5 million), translation from changes in foreign exchange rates ($0.2 million), and increased variable selling costs as a result of higher sales volume. As a percentage of consolidated net sales, selling expenses were 9.7% and 10.4% in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively.

General and administrative expenses were $8.2 million and $7.5 million in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The increase is primarily the result of increased salaries ($0.2 million), increased professional costs associated with regulatory compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act ($0.1 million), currency translation impact ($0.1 million), and variable compensation expense ($0.1 million). As a percentage of consolidated net sales, general and administrative expenses were 5.7% and 6.2% in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively.

Interest and debt expense was $6.7 million and $7.1 million in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The quarterly decrease is the result of lower debt levels. As a percentage of consolidated net sales, interest and debt expense was 4.8% and 5.8% in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively.

Other (income) and expense, net was ($0.8 million) and $0.0 million in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The 2006 quarter consisted primarily of $0.6 million of realized gains on investments within the company’s captive insurance company portfolio.

Income tax expense as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income tax expense was 18.3%, and 17.8% in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The fiscal 2006 and 2005 first quarter percentages vary from the U.S. statutory rate due to the utilization of domestic net operating loss carry-forwards that had been fully reserved and jurisdictional mix. Income tax expense primarily results from non-U.S. taxable income and state taxes on U.S. taxable income. We evaluate our estimated annual effective tax rate each quarter. In light of our continuing improvement in the results of our U.S. operations during fiscal 2005 and 2006, management plans to review the previously established valuation reserves for our net deferred tax assets in more detail as information becomes available.

Years Ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

Net sales of our Products and Solutions segments, in millions of dollars and with percentage changes for each segment, were as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,						Change 2005 vs. 2004			Change 2004 vs. 2003
	2005		2004		2003		Amount		%	Amount			%
Products segment	$	453.1	$	394.2	$	388.1	$	58.9	14.9	$	6.1		1.6
Solutions segment		61.7		50.4		65.2		11.3	22.4		(14.8	)	(22.7	)
Total net sales	$	514.8	$	444.6	$	453.3	$	70.2	15.8	$	(8.7	)	(1.9	)

Sales in fiscal 2005 increased as a result of the improved economy in the industrial sector of North America compared to the downturn in the general North American and European economies and the industrial sectors in particular in fiscal 2004 and 2003. Net sales in fiscal 2005 of $514.8 million increased by $70.2 million, or 15.8%, from fiscal 2004, and net sales in fiscal 2004 of $444.6 million decreased by $8.7 million, or 1.9%, from fiscal 2003. The Products segment for fiscal 2005 experienced a net sales increase of 14.9% over the prior year. The increase was due to a combination of higher volume as the North American industrial economy recovered as well as price increases ($19.7 million) including surcharges specifically in response to rising steel costs. Our

29

Products segment net sales improved 1.6% in fiscal 2004 as we saw stabilization by mid-2004 and improvement of 7.4% in the latter half of the fiscal year. Both fiscal 2005 and 2004 were impacted by the weakening U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the euro, and reported Products segment sales were favorably affected by $6.2 million and $11.3 million in fiscal 2005 and 2004, respectively. For fiscal 2005, our Solutions segment net sales increased 22.4% as a result of increased volume in Europe in our conveyor business. Our Solutions segment net sales decreased 22.7% in fiscal 2004. The decline in fiscal 2004 was primarily due to soft U.S. and European industrial markets, particularly affecting purchasing decisions for capital goods. The fiscal 2004 decline was further impacted by the March 2003 divestiture of our steel erection business, which generated $7.9 million of revenues in fiscal 2003.

Gross profit of the Products and Solutions segments, in millions of dollars and as a percentage of total segment net sales, was as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	Amount		%	Amount		%	Amount		%
Products segment	$	117.1	25.8	$	99.2	25.2	$	98.7	25.4
Solutions segment		8.8	14.3		5.6	11.1		8.6	13.2
Total gross profit	$	125.9	24.5	$	104.8	23.6	$	107.3	23.7

Our gross profit margins were approximately 24.5%, 23.6% and 23.7% in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Products segment saw improved gross margin in fiscal 2005 as a result of operational leverage at increased volumes from the prior year. Gross margin for the Products segment in Fiscal 2004 was comparable to fiscal 2003 as revenue stabilized during the fiscal 2004 year and costs were closely monitored. The Solutions segment’s gross profit margins increased in Fiscal 2005 as a result of the recovery of European markets which led to increased volume for one division, as well as the divestiture of a poor performing, non-strategic business at the end of fiscal 2004. The decrease in fiscal 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily due to an increase in larger integrated solutions projects which carry a lower gross profit margin overall and a poor performing non-strategic business which was divested in February of 2004.

Selling expenses were $52.3 million, $48.3 million and $47.4 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, selling expenses were 10.2%, 10.9% and 10.5% in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fiscal 2005 and 2004 increases include $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, resulting from the weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies, particularly the euro, upon translation of foreign operating results into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Fiscal 2005 includes increases related to variable costs associated with the increase sales volume, mainly commissions ($1.3 million), increased benefit costs ($0.5 million) and increased investments in international markets ($0.5 million). The fiscal 2004 increase also includes $0.4 million resulting from reclassification of certain crane builder expenses from general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2003 to improve reporting consistency. These increases were partially offset by cost control measures.

General and administrative expenses were $31.7 million, $25.0 million and $26.6 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses were 6.2%, 5.6% and 5.9% in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Fiscal 2005 increases include $2.3 million associated with variable compensation, $1.4 million related to compliance costs associated with Sarbanes Oxley Section 404 implementation, $1.2 million of increasing benefit costs, $0.7 million resulting from the translation of foreign currencies into the weaker U.S. dollar for reporting purposes and $0.5 million for an increase in bad debt reserves based on increased accounts receivable levels. Much of the fiscal 2004 expense reductions resulted from general discretionary cost control measures. Partially offsetting those savings, fiscal 2004 was unfavorably impacted by $1.2 million resulting from the translation of foreign currencies into the weaker U.S. dollar for reporting purposes and also included $0.8 million for an increase in bad debt reserves based on increased accounts receivable levels.

30

Restructuring charges of $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $3.7 million, or 0.2%, 0.3% and 0.8% of net sales in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, were primarily attributable to the closure or significant reorganization of thirteen manufacturing or warehouse facilities. The fiscal 2005 restructuring charges of $0.9 million relate primarily to facility costs as a result of our continued closure, merging and reorganization. $0.5 million of the costs relate to facility costs being expensed on an as incurred basis as a result of the project timing being subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 144. The fiscal 2005 restructuring charge also included $0.3 million of write-down on the net realizable value of a facility based on changes in market conditions and a reassessment of its net realizable value. During fiscal 2004, we recorded restructuring charges of $1.2 million related to various employee termination benefits and facility costs as a result of our continued closure, merging and reorganization and completion of two open projects from fiscal 2003. The following facilities were closed, merged or significantly reorganized beginning in fiscal 2003: Abingdon, VA; Tonawanda, NY; Cobourg, Ontario, Canada; Forest Park, IL; and Reform, AL. Excluding the Tonawanda facility, these operations were included within our Products segment, and were relocated into other existing Products segment facilities. Fiscal 2003 charges included exit costs of $1.8 million for severance relating to approximately 215 employees, $1.0 million of lease termination, facility wind-down, preparation for sale and maintenance of non-operating facilities prior to disposal and $0.9 million for facility closure costs on projects begun in 2002. Three of five 2003 projects were completed as planned in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 while the other two were completed as planned by the second quarter of fiscal 2004. The remaining liability of $0.1 million as of March 31, 2005 relates to the ongoing maintenance costs of a non-operating facility.

Each rationalization project was analyzed based on our capacity and the cost structure of the specific facilities relative to others. As a result of these rationalization projects we expect to achieve approximately $13 million to $14 million of annualized savings primarily in cost of products sold including facility fixed costs and employee costs, of which approximately $13.5 million and $11 million was realized during fiscal 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Write-off/amortization of intangibles was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $4.2 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Fiscal 2003 reflected a $4.0 million goodwill write-off in the fourth quarter relating to impairment under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This pronouncement eliminated the requirement to amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets beginning in fiscal 2003 but added new impairment testing rules.

Interest and debt expense was $27.6 million, $28.9 million and $32.0 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, interest and debt expense was 5.4%, 6.5% and 7.1% in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fiscal 2005 and 2004 decreases primarily resulted from lower debt levels.

Other income was $5.2 million, $4.2 million and $2.1 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Fiscal 2005 includes $3.7 million in gains from sales of real estate, $2.1 million from investment and interest income, offset by $0.3 million of additional losses from 2004 business divestitures. The income in fiscal 2004 included $5.7 million from asset sales and $1.9 million from an interest rate swap partially offset by $3.9 million of losses upon business divestitures. The income in fiscal 2003 included $5.3 million from asset sales offset by a $2.2 million unrealized, non-cash, mark-to-market loss recognized within our captive insurance company’s securities portfolio and a $1.3 million loss on a business divestiture. The fiscal 2003 unrealized loss within the securities portfolio was recognized since it was deemed to be other than temporary in nature, resulting from unrealized losses that existed longer than a six-month period.

Income taxes as a percentage of income before income taxes were not reflective of U.S. statutory rates in fiscal 2005, 2004 or 2003. The fiscal 2005 rate varies due to the benefit received from the utilization of the domestic net operating loss carry-forwards that have been fully reserved and jurisdictional mix. Income tax expense primarily results from non-U.S. taxable income and state taxes on U.S. taxable income. The fiscal 2004 rate varies due to jurisdictional mix and the existence of losses at certain subsidiaries for which no benefit was recorded. The fiscal 2003 rate was affected by the impact of non-deductible goodwill amortization/write-off.

31

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we reduced goodwill by $8.0 million as of the beginning of fiscal 2003, reflected as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle on our statement of operations. A discounted cash flows approach was used to test goodwill for potential impairment.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash provided by operating activities. Our revolving credit facility provides availability up to a maximum of $65.0 million through March 31, 2007. Our borrowing base at July 3, 2005 amounted to $65.0 million. At July 3, 2005, the unused portion totaled $47.7 million, net of outstanding borrowings of $3.8 million and outstanding letters of credit of $13.5 million. Pro forma for (i) the sale of $136.0 million of our 8 ⁷/8% Notes in September 2005 and the use of the net proceeds therefrom, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repurchase and redeem all of our outstanding 8 ¹/2% Notes and (ii) the sale by us of 3.0 million shares of common stock in this offering, as of July 3, 2005, the unused portion would amount to $37.4 million, net of outstanding borrowings of $14.1 million and outstanding letters of credit of $13.5 million. Interest is payable at varying Eurodollar rates based on LIBOR or prime plus spreads determined by our leverage ratio, amounting to 175 or 50 basis points applied to each, respectively, at July 3, 2005 (4.93%).

The revolving credit facility is secured by first-priority liens on substantially all domestic inventory, receivables, equipment, real property, subsidiary stock (limited to 65% for foreign subsidiaries except 100% for Audubon Europe S.ar.l.) and intellectual property. The corresponding credit agreements associated with the revolving credit facility place certain debt covenant restrictions on us, including financial requirements and a restriction on dividend payments, with which we are currently in compliance.

The 10% Notes issued on July 22, 2003 amounted to $115.0 million on July 3, 2005 and are due August 1, 2010. Provisions of the 10% Notes include, without limitation, restrictions on indebtedness, restricted payments, asset and subsidiary stock sales, liens, and other restricted transactions. The 10% Notes are not entitled to redemption at our option prior to August 1, 2007 in the absence of an equity offering. We may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding notes at a redemption price of 110.0% with the proceeds of equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. On and after August 1, 2007, they are redeemable at prices declining annually to 100% on and after August 1, 2009. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture for such notes), each holder of the 10% Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s 10% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. The 10% Notes are secured by a second–priority interest in all domestic inventory, receivables, equipment, real property, subsidiary stock (limited to 65% for foreign subsidiaries except 100% for Audubon Europe S.ar.l.) and intellectual property. The 10% Notes are guaranteed by certain existing and future domestic subsidiaries and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements.

The 8 ⁷/8% Notes were issued on September 2, 2005 in the principal amount of $136.0 million and are due November 1, 2013. Provisions of the 8 ⁷/8% Notes include, without limitation, restrictions on indebtedness, restricted payments, asset and subsidiary stock sales, liens, and other restricted transactions. The 8 ⁷/8% Notes are not entitled to redemption at our option prior to November 1, 2009 in the absence of an equity offering. We may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding notes at a redemption price of 110.0% with the proceeds of equity offerings, subject to certain restrictions. On and after November 1, 2009, they are redeemable at prices declining annually to 100% on and after November 1, 2011. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture for such notes), each holder of the 8 ⁷/8% Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s 8 ⁷/8% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. The 8 ⁷/8% Notes are guaranteed by certain existing and future domestic subsidiaries and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements.

Following consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we believe that our cash on hand, cash flows, and borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our ongoing operations and budgeted capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. This belief is dependent upon a steady economy and successful execution of our current business

32

plan which is focused on cash generation for debt repayment. The business plan includes continued implementation of Lean Manufacturing, facility rationalization projects, possible divestiture of excess facilities and certain non-strategic operations, improving working capital components, and new market and new product development.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.6 million for the three months ended July 3, 2005 compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended July 4, 2004. The $9.5 million increase is the result of increased income from continuing operations of $3.7 million and changes in the net working capital components, primarily increased accounts payable and accrued liabilities offset in part by increases in accounts receivable and unbilled revenues.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $17.2 million, $26.4 million and $14.2 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Overall, operating assets net of liabilities used cash of $4.4 million in fiscal 2005 while generating cash of $8.8 million and $4.0 million in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively. The $9.2 million decrease in fiscal 2005 relative to fiscal 2004 was primarily due to stronger operating performance in fiscal 2005 offset by increased working capital requirements. The $12.2 million increase in fiscal 2004 relative to fiscal 2003 was primarily due to stronger operating performance in fiscal 2004 and income tax refunds of $12.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million for the three months ended July 3, 2005 compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended July 4, 2004. In the three months ended July 3, 2005, we made net purchases of $0.7 million of marketable equity securities compared to net sales of $0.2 million of marketable equity securities to fund product liability payments during the three months ended July 4, 2004. Capital expenditures increased to $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2006 compared to $0.8 million for the three months ended July 4, 2004.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $2.5 million, $4.3 million and $16.0 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 amounts included $7.1 million, $7.8 million and $21.7 million, respectively, from business and property divestitures.

Net cash used in financing activities was $3.9 million for the three months ended July 3, 2005 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $0.2 million for the three months ended July 4, 2004. The $4.1 million change is primarily the result of repayment of debt.

Net cash used in financing activities was $21.9 million, $21.5 million and $41.9 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Those amounts included $22.9 million, $17.7 million and $34.5 million of debt repayment in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We also paid $4.4 million and $8.2 million of financing costs in fiscal 2004 and 2003, respectively, to effect the capital transactions previously described.

Contractual Obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations in millions of dollars as of March 31, 2005, by period of estimated payments due:

	Total		Fiscal 2006		Fiscal 2007- Fiscal 2008		Fiscal 2009- Fiscal 2010		More Than Five Years
Long-term debt obligations(a)	$	266.1	$	5.8	$	144.9	$	0.1	$	115.3
Operating lease obligations(b)		13.2		3.5		5.3		3.4		1.0
Purchase obligations(c)		—		—		—		—		—
Interest obligations(d)		98.2		23.8		47.6		23.0		3.8
Letter of credit obligations		10.6		10.6		—		—		—
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the company’s balance sheet under GAAP(e)		42.4		3.4		20.1		15.8		3.1
Total	$	430.5	$	47.1	$	217.9	$	42.3	$	123.2

33

(a) As described in note 10 to our fiscal 2005 consolidated financial statements. See “Capitalization” for the effect of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.

(b) As described in note 18 to our fiscal 2005 consolidated financial statements.

(c) We have no purchase obligations specifying fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased. We estimate that, at any given point in time, our open purchase orders to be executed in the normal course of business approximate $40 million.

(d) Estimated for our 10% Notes and 8 ¹/2% Notes.

(e) As described in note 9 to our fiscal 2005 consolidated financial statements.

The following table reflects a summary of our long-term debt and interest obligations, in millions of dollars, by period of estimated payments due, based on our actual debt balances as of July 3, 2005, as adjusted to give effect to (i) the sale of $136.0 million of our 8 ⁷/8% Notes in September 2005 and the use of the net proceeds therefrom, together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand, to repurchase and redeem all of our outstanding 8 ¹/2% Notes and (ii) the sale by us of 3.0 million shares of common stock in this offering and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth in “Use of Proceeds” as though it occurred on April 1, 2005:

	Total		Fiscal 2006		Fiscal 2007- Fiscal 2008		Fiscal 2009- Fiscal 2010		More Than Five Years
Long-term debt obligations	$	230.4	$	5.5	$	14.1	$	—	$	210.8
Interest obligations		144.2		19.9		39.4		39.1		45.8

We have no additional off-balance sheet obligations that are not reflected above.

Capital Expenditures

In addition to keeping our current equipment and plants properly maintained, we are committed to replacing, enhancing, and upgrading our property, plant, and equipment to support new product development, reduce production costs, increase flexibility to respond effectively to market fluctuations and changes, meet environmental requirements, enhance safety, and promote ergonomically correct workstations. Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $5.9 million, $3.6 million and $5.0 million, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2004 reflects a deferral of certain projects due to soft market conditions, as well as reduced needs resulting from our facility rationalization program.

Inflation and Other Market Conditions

Our costs are affected by inflation in the U.S. economy and, to a lesser extent, in foreign economies including those of Europe, Canada, Mexico, and Asia-Pacific. We do not believe that general inflation has had a material effect on results of operations over the periods presented primarily due to overall low inflation levels over such periods and our ability to generally pass on rising costs through annual price increases and surcharges. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, we were impacted by high inflation in steel costs which varied by type of steel. We continue to monitor steel costs and potential surcharge requirements on a monthly basis. In addition, employee benefit costs such as health insurance, workers’ compensation insurance and pensions as well as energy and business insurance have exceeded general inflation levels. We generally incorporated those cost increases into our sales price increases as well as surcharges on certain products that began in March 2004. In the future, we may be further affected by inflation that we may not be able to pass on as price increases.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Quarterly results may be materially affected by the timing of large customer orders, periods of high vacation and holiday concentrations, restructuring charges and other costs attributable to our facility rationalization program, property or business divestitures, acquisitions and the magnitude of rationalization integration costs. Therefore, the operating results for any particular fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any subsequent fiscal quarter or for the full fiscal year.

34

Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, we completed the divestiture of substantially all of the assets of ASI which comprised the principal business unit in our former Solutions—Automotive segment. Proceeds from this sale included cash of $15.9 million and an 8% subordinated note in the principal amount of $6.8 million payable over 10 years.

Due to uncertainty surrounding the financial viability of the new organization, the note has been recorded at the estimated net realizable value of $0. Principal payments received on the note are recorded as income from discontinued operations at the time of receipt. Accordingly, $0.6 million of income from discontinued operations was recorded in fiscal 2005. All interest and principal payments required under the note have been made to date.

Cash provided by discontinued operations was $0.6 million and $0.5 million in fiscal 2005 and 2003, respectively, as shown on our consolidated statements of cash flows. There was no cash provided by or used in discontinued operations in fiscal 2004.

Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We continually evaluate the estimates and their underlying assumptions, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of our assets and liabilities. Actual results inevitably will differ from those estimates. We have identified below the accounting policies involving estimates that are critical to our financial statements. Other accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. The determination of the obligations and expense for pension and postretirement benefits is dependent on our selection of certain assumptions that are used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those assumptions are disclosed in Notes 11 and 13, respectively, to our fiscal 2005 consolidated financial statements and include the discount rates, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of future increases in compensation and health care costs.

The pension discount rate assumptions of 6%, 6 ¹/4% and 6 ³/4% as of March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, are based on long-term bond rates. The decrease in discount rates for fiscal 2005 and 2004 resulted in $3.0 million and $7.0 million increases in the projected benefit obligations as of March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The rate of return on plan assets assumptions of 8.3%, 8.4% and 8.5% for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, are based on the composition of the asset portfolios (approximately 55% equities and 45% fixed income at March 31, 2005) and their long-term historical returns. The actual assets realized gains of $5.3 and $9.8 million in fiscal 2005 and 2004. Our funded status as of March 31, 2005 and 2004 was negative by $29.3 million and $30.3 million, or 24.3% and 27.3%, respectively. Our pension contributions during fiscal 2005 and 2004 were approximately $9.5 million. The negative funded status may result in future pension expense increases. Pension expense for the March 31, 2006 fiscal year is expected to approximate $6.3 million, which is down from the fiscal 2005 amount of $8.4 million. During fiscal 2005, we incurred a one-time pre-tax charge of $2.0 million related to a defined benefit pension plan at one of our foreign operations for a change in the discount rate used in determining the amount required for GAAP purposes. The factors outlined above will result in increases in funding requirements over time, unless there is continued significant market appreciation in the asset values. However, pension funding contributions for the March 31, 2006 fiscal year are expected to decrease by approximately $5.2 million compared to fiscal 2005. The compensation increase assumption of 4% as of March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is based on historical trends.

The health care inflation assumptions of 10.5%, 12% and 12% for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively are based on anticipated trends. Health care costs in the United States have increased substantially over the last several years. If this trend continues, the cost of postretirement health care will increase in future years.

35

Insurance Reserves. Our accrued general and product liability reserves as described in Note 15 to our March 31, 2005 consolidated financial statements included herein elsewhere involve actuarial techniques including the methods selected to estimate ultimate claims, and assumptions including emergence patterns, payment patterns, initial expected losses and increased limit factors. Other insurance reserves such as workers’ compensation and group health insurance are based on actual historical and current claim data provided by third party administrators or internally maintained.

Inventory and Accounts Receivable Reserves. Slow-moving and obsolete inventory reserves are judgmentally determined based on historical and expected future usage within a reasonable timeframe. We reassess trends and usage on a regular basis and if we identify changes we revise our estimated allowances. Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit memo reserves are also judgmentally determined based on historical bad debt write-offs and credit memos issued, assessing potentially uncollectible customer accounts and analyzing the accounts receivable agings.

Long-Lived Assets. Property, plant and equipment and certain intangibles are depreciated or amortized over their assigned lives. These assets as well as goodwill are also periodically measured for impairment. The assigned lives and the projected cash flows used to test impairment are subjective. If actual lives are shorter than anticipated or if future cash flows are less than anticipated, we could incur a future impairment charge or a loss on disposal relating to these assets.

Marketable Securities. On a quarterly basis, we review our marketable securities for declines in market value that may be considered other than temporary. We consider market value declines to be other than temporary if they are declines for a period longer than six months and in excess of 20% of original cost.

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance. As of March 31, 2005, we had $53.3 million of total net deferred tax assets before valuation allowances. As described in Note 17 to our March 31, 2005 consolidated financial statements included herein elsewhere, $34.3 million of the assets pertain to net operating loss carryforwards and the remainder relate principally to liabilities including employee benefit plans, insurance reserves, accrued vacation and incentive costs and also to asset valuation reserves such as inventory obsolescence reserves and bad debt reserves. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2023. A valuation allowance of $43.8 million was recorded at March 31, 2005 due to the uncertainty of whether our net operating loss carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets may ultimately be realized. Our ability to realize our deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on generating sufficient future taxable income. If we do not generate sufficient taxable income, we would record an additional valuation allowance.

Revenue Recognition. Sales are recorded when title passes to the customer, which is generally at the time of shipment to the customer, except for long-term construction contracts. For long-term construction contracts, we recognize contract revenues under the percentage of completion method, measured by comparing direct costs incurred to total estimated direct costs. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. In the event that a loss is anticipated on an uncompleted contract, a provision for the estimated loss is made at the time it is determined. Billings on contracts may precede or lag revenues earned, and such differences are reported in the balance sheet as current liabilities (accrued liabilities) and current assets (unbilled revenues), respectively. Customers do not routinely return product. However, sales returns are permitted in specific situations and typically include a restocking charge or the purchase of additional product. We have established an allowance for returns based upon historical trends.

Effects of New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, as an amendment to ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage). This Statement requires that these items be recognized as current-period charges and requires the allocation of fixed production

36

overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This Statement becomes effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 123(R) (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. However, Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

Statement 123(R) was to be adopted for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the SEC announced that it would provide for a phased-in implementation process for FASB statement No. 123(R). The SEC is requiring that registrants adopt statement 123(R)’s fair value method of accounting for share-based payments to employees no later than the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. We expect to adopt 123(R) in the first quarter of Fiscal 2007. Statement 123(R) permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

1. A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted to employees prior to the effective date of Statement 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

2. A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on amounts previously recognized under Statement 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

We are still evaluating the method we plan to use when we adopt Statement 123(R).

As permitted by Statement 123, we currently account for share-based payments to employees using Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, adoption of Statement 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted Statement 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of Statement 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. We are exposed to various market risks, including commodity prices for raw materials, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. We may enter into financial instrument transactions, which attempt to manage and reduce the impact of such changes. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Our primary commodity risk is related to changes in the price of steel. We control this risk through negotiating purchase contracts on a consolidated basis and by attempting to build changes in raw material costs into the selling prices of our products. We also evaluate our steel cost increases and assess the need for price increases and surcharges to our customers. We have not entered into financial instrument transactions related to raw material costs.

37

In fiscal 2005, 30% of our net sales were from manufacturing plants and sales offices in foreign jurisdictions. We manufacture our products in the United States, Mexico, China, Denmark, the United Kingdom, France and Germany and sell our products and solutions in over 50 countries. Our results of operations could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. Our operating results are exposed to fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar, European currencies and the Mexican peso. For example, when the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Canadian dollar, the value of our net sales and net income denominated in Canadian dollars decreases when translated into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our consolidated results. We are also exposed to foreign currency fluctuations in relation to purchases denominated in foreign currencies. Our foreign currency risk is mitigated since the majority of our foreign operations’ net sales and the related expense transactions are denominated in the same currency so therefore a significant change in foreign exchange rates would likely have a very minor impact on net income. For example, a 10% decline in the rate of exchange between the euro and the U.S. dollar impacts net income by approximately $0.4 million. In addition, the majority of our export sale transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, we currently have not invested in derivative instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts, to hedge foreign currency transactions.

We control risk related to changes in interest rates by structuring our debt instruments with a combination of fixed and variable interest rates and by periodically entering into financial instrument transactions as appropriate. At March 31, 2005, we do not have any material swap agreements or similar financial instruments in place. At March 31, 2005 and 2004, approximately 96% and 95%, respectively, of our outstanding debt had fixed interest rates. At those dates, we had approximately $11.4 million and $14.3 million, respectively, of outstanding variable rate debt. A 1% fluctuation in interest rates in fiscal 2005 and 2004 would have changed interest expense on that outstanding variable rate debt by approximately $0.1 million for both years.

38

BUSINESS

General

We are a leading manufacturer and marketer of hoists, cranes, chain, conveyors, material handling systems, lift tables and component parts serving a wide variety of commercial and industrial end markets. Our products are used to efficiently and ergonomically move, lift, position or secure objects and loads. We are the domestic market leader in hoists, our principal line of products, which we believe provides us with a strategic advantage in selling our other products. We have achieved this leadership position through strategic acquisitions, our extensive and well-established distribution channels and our commitment to product innovation and quality. We have one of the most comprehensive product offerings in the industry and we believe we have more overhead hoists in use in North America than all of our competitors combined. Our brand names, including CM, Coffing, Duff-Norton, Shaw-Box and Yale, are among the most recognized and well-respected in our marketplace.

Our Position in the Industry

The $60 billion U.S. material handling industry is generally divided into the following sectors:

• overhead material handling and lifting devices;

• continuous materials movement;

• wheeled handling devices;

• pallets, containers and packaging;

• storage equipment and shop furniture;

• automation systems and robots; and

• services and unbundled software.

The breadth of our products and services enables us to participate in each of these sectors, except for pallets, containers and packaging and storage equipment and shop furniture. This diversification, together with our extensive and varied distribution channels, minimizes our dependence on any particular product, market or customer. We believe that none of our competitors offers the variety of products or services in the markets we serve.

We believe that the demand for our products and services has increased during the last twelve months and we believe the demand will continue to increase in the future as a result of several favorable trends. These trends include:

Favorable Industry Trends. The U.S. industrial economy has improved since 2003, as U.S. industrial capacity utilization rates have increased from cyclical lows. Our business performance is influenced by the state of the U.S. industrial economy.

Productivity Enhancement. In recent years, employers have responded to competitive pressures by seeking to maximize productivity and efficiency. Our hoists and other lifting and positioning products allow loads to be lifted and placed quickly, precisely, with little effort and fewer people, thereby increasing productivity and reducing cycle time.

Safety Regulations and Concerns. Driven by federal and state workplace safety regulations such as the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act, and by the general competitive need to reduce costs such as health insurance premiums and workers’ compensation expenses, employers seek safer ways to lift and position loads. Our lifting and positioning products enable these tasks to be performed with reduced risk of personal injury.

39

Consolidation of Suppliers. In an effort to reduce costs and increase productivity, our customers and end-users are increasingly consolidating their suppliers. We believe that our competitive strengths will enable us to benefit from this consolidation and enhance our market share.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions. We are a leading manufacturer of hoists, alloy and high strength carbon steel chain in North America. We have developed our leading market positions over our 130-year history by emphasizing technological innovation, manufacturing excellence and superior after-sale service. Approximately 73% of our domestic net sales for fiscal 2005 were from product categories in which we believe we hold the leading market share. We believe that the strength of our established products and brands and our leading market positions provide us with significant competitive advantages, including preferred supplier status with a majority of our largest customers. Our large installed base of products also provides us with a significant competitive advantage in selling our products to existing customers as well as providing repair and replacement parts.

For fiscal 2005, the following table summarizes the product categories where we believe we are the market leader:

Product Category	U.S. Market Share		U.S. Market Position	Percentage of Domestic Net Sales
Powered Hoists	56	%	#1	25	%
Manual Hoists & Trolleys	67	%	#1	13	%
Forged Attachments	48	%	#1	10	%
Hoist Parts	60	%	#1	9	%
Lifting and Sling Chain	45	%	#1	8	%
Mechanical Actuators	40	%	#1	5	%
Tire Shredders	80	%	#1	2	%
Jib Cranes	45	%	#1	1	%
				73	%

Comprehensive Product Lines and Strong Brand Name Recognition. We believe we offer the most comprehensive product lines in the markets we serve. We are the only major supplier of material handling equipment offering full lines of hoists, chain and attachments. Our capability as a full-line supplier has allowed us to (i) provide our customers with “one-stop shopping” for material handling equipment, which meets some customers’ desires to reduce the number of their supply relationships in order to lower their costs, (ii) leverage our engineering, research and development and marketing costs over a larger sales base and (iii) achieve purchasing efficiencies on common materials used across our product lines.

In addition, our brand names, including Budgit, Chester, CM, Coffing, Duff-Norton, Little Mule, Shaw-Box and Yale, are among the most recognized and respected in the industry. The CM name has been synonymous with overhead hoists since manual hoists were first developed and marketed under the name in the early 1900s. We believe that our strong brand name recognition has created customer loyalty and helps us maintain existing business, as well as capture additional business. No single product comprises more than 1% of our sales, a testament to our broad and diversified product offering.

Growing Share of International Markets. We have significantly grown our international sales since becoming a public company in 1996. Our international sales have grown from $34.3 million (representing 16% of total sales) in fiscal 1996 to $191.3 million (representing 37% of our total sales in fiscal 2005). This growth has occurred primarily in Europe, South America and Asia-Pacific where we have recently opened additional sales offices. Our international business has provided us, and we believe will continue to provide us, with significant growth opportunities and new markets for our products.

40

Distribution Channel Diversity and Strength. Our products are sold to over 20,000 general and specialty distributors and OEMs, as well as to over 100 customer outlets. We enjoy long-standing relationships with, and are a preferred provider to, the majority of our largest distributors and industrial buying groups. Over the past decade, there has been significant consolidation among distributors of material handling equipment. We have benefited from this consolidation and have maintained and enhanced our relationships with our leading distributors, as well as formed new relationships. We believe our extensive North American distribution channels provide a significant competitive advantage and allow us to effectively market new product line extensions and promote cross-selling.

Low-Cost Manufacturing with Significant Operating Leverage. We believe we are a low-cost manufacturer and we will continue to consolidate our manufacturing operations and reduce our manufacturing costs through the initiatives summarized below. Our low-cost manufacturing capability continues to positively impact our operating performance as volumes increase.

• Rationalization and Consolidation. In fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, we closed 10 manufacturing plants and three warehouses, as more fully described in “Our Growth Strategy” below.

• Lean Manufacturing. In fiscal 2002, we initiated Lean Manufacturing techniques, facilitating substantial inventory reductions, a significant decline in required manufacturing floor area, a decrease in product lead time and improved productivity and on-time deliveries.

• Purchasing Council. We continue to leverage our company-wide purchasing power through our Purchasing Council to reduce our costs.

• Selective Vertical Integration. We manufacture many of the critical parts and components used in the manufacture of our hoists and cranes, resulting in reduced costs.

• International Expansion. Our continued expansion of our manufacturing facilities in China and Mexico provides us with another cost efficient platform to manufacture and distribute certain of our products. We now operate 26 manufacturing facilities in eight countries, with 28 stand alone sales and service offices in 11 countries, and nine stand alone warehouse facilities in five countries.

Strong After-Market Sales and Support. We believe that we retain customers and attract new customers due to our ongoing commitment to customer service and satisfaction. We have a large installed base of hoists and chain that drives our after-market sales for components and repair parts and is a stable source of higher margin business. We maintain strong relationships with our customers and provide prompt aftermarket service to end-users of our products through our authorized network of 13 chain repair stations and over 350 hoist service and repair stations.

Long History of Free Cash Flow Generation and Significant Debt Reduction. We have consistently generated positive free cash flow (which we define as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures) by continually reducing our costs, increasing our inventory turnover and reducing the capital intensity of our manufacturing operations. From the beginning of fiscal 2003 through July 3, 2005, we have reduced total debt by $83.8 million, from $350.4 million to $266.6 million, and with our net proceeds from this offering we will reduce our total debt by an additional $40.3 million.

Experienced Management Team with Significant Equity Ownership. Our senior management team provides us with a depth and continuity of experience in the material handling industry. Our management has experience in aggressive cost management, balance sheet management, efficient manufacturing techniques, acquiring and integrating businesses and global operations, all of which are critical to our long-term growth. After giving effect to this offering, our directors and executive officers, as a group, will own an aggregate of approximately 7.1% of our outstanding common stock.

41

Our Growth Strategy

Increase Our Domestic Organic Growth. We intend to leverage our strong competitive advantages to increase our domestic market share across all of our product lines by:

• Leveraging Our Strong Competitive Position. Our large diversified customer base, our extensive distribution channels and our close relationship with our distributors provide us with insights into customer preferences and product requirements that allow us to anticipate and address the future needs of end-users.

• Introducing New and Cross-Branded Products. We continue to expand our business by developing new material handling products and services and expanding the breadth of our product lines to address customer needs. Over the past three years, we have developed over 100 new or cross-branded products, representing approximately $30.3 million in fiscal 2005 revenues. During fiscal 2004, we established a dedicated hoist product development team. The majority of the hoist products are guided by the Federation of European Manufacturing, or FEM, standard. We believe these FEM hoist products will facilitate our global sales expansion strategy as well as improve our cost competitiveness against internationally made products imported into the U.S.

Recent new product introductions include:

• global wire rope hoists used in overhead cranes;

• hand hoists and lever tools manufactured at our Chinese plants;

• a variety of new forged lifting attachments;

• pallet layer picking systems;

• high-speed, light-weight, mini-load cranes, used in warehouse applications; and

• Techlink crane and hoist maintenance and inspection software.

• Leveraging Our Brand Portfolio to Maximize Market Coverage. Most industrial distributors carry one or two lines of material handling products on a semi-exclusive basis. Unlike many of our competitors, we have developed and acquired multiple well-recognized brands that are viewed by both distributors and end-users as discrete product lines. As a result, we are able to sell our products to multiple distributors in the same geographic area. This strategy maximizes our market coverage and provides the largest number of end-users with access to our products.

Continue to Grow in International Markets. Our international sales of $191.3 million comprised 37% of our net sales for fiscal 2005, as compared to $34.3 million, or 16% of our net sales, in fiscal 1996, the year we became a public company. We sell to distributors in approximately 50 countries and have our primary international facilities in Canada, Mexico, Germany, the United Kingdom, Denmark, France and China. In addition to new product introductions, we continue to expand our sales and service presence in the major market areas of Europe, Asia-Pacific and South America through our sales offices and warehouse facilities in Europe, Thailand, Brazil and Mexico. We intend to increase our sales by manufacturing and exporting a broader array of high quality, low-cost products and components from our facilities in Mexico and China for distribution in Europe and Asia-Pacific. We are developing new hoist products in compliance with FEM standards to enhance our global distribution.

Further Reduce Our Operating Costs and Increase Manufacturing Productivity. Our objective is to remain a low-cost producer. We continually seek ways to reduce our operating costs and increase our manufacturing productivity including through our on-going expansion of our manufacturing capacity in low-cost regions, including Mexico and China. In furtherance of this objective, we have undertaken the following:

• Rationalization of Facilities. In fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, we closed 10 manufacturing plants and three warehouses, consolidated a number of similar product lines and standardized certain component parts resulting in an aggregate cost savings of approximately $14 million. We are currently investigating opportunities for further facility rationalization.

42

• Implementation of Lean Manufacturing. We continue to identify efficiencies in our operations through Lean Manufacturing initiated in fiscal 2002. Through fiscal 2005, we have instituted Lean Manufacturing at 15 of our major facilities resulting in the recapture of approximately 164,000 square feet of manufacturing floor area and the consolidation of an additional 920,000 square feet from closed facilities. Additionally, we have reduced inventories by approximately $31 million, or 28.7%, improved productivity and achieved significant reductions in product lead times. Specifically, we improved inventory turns by 21.3% to 5.7x for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 from 4.7x for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. Our Lean Manufacturing initiative complements our strategy of rationalizing our manufacturing facilities.

• Leverage Our Purchasing Power. Our internal Purchasing Council was formed in fiscal 1998 to centralize and leverage our overall purchasing power, which has grown through acquisitions and has resulted in significant savings for our company.

Reduce Our Debt. We intend to continue our focus on cash generation for debt reduction through the following initiatives:

• Increase Operating Cash Flow. As a result of the execution of our strategies to reduce our operating costs, increase our domestic organic growth and our penetration of international markets, we believe that with an improved global economic climate, we will realize favorable operating leverage. We further believe that such operating leverage will result in increased operating cash flow available for debt reduction.

• Reduce Working Capital. As described above, we believe that our Lean Manufacturing activities are facilitating inventory reduction, improving product lead times and increasing our productivity. We believe our improved working capital management and increased productivity will result in increased free cash flow available for debt reduction.

• Sale of Excess Real Estate. As a result of our Lean Manufacturing and plant rationalization initiatives, we have identified, and expect to continue to identify, excess real estate to be sold. The proceeds of such sales have been, and will continue to be, used to repay our outstanding debt.

• Pursue Selected Divestitures. Our strategy is to exit non-strategic businesses that (i) are not integrated, either operationally or through sales and marketing, with the rest of our company; (ii) have market channels and customers different from the business of our core Products segment; or (iii) have had, and are expected to continue to have, low returns on our investment of financial and management resources. We periodically review our businesses and are currently evaluating strategic alternatives for certain of our businesses. The proceeds from divestitures will provide additional liquidity and improve the flexibility of our capital structure.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances. We intend to evaluate and, where appropriate, pursue bolt-on acquisitions and strategic alliances that expand and complement our existing products and services, broaden our markets, increase our customer base or reduce our production costs.

43

Our Segments

We currently report our operations in two business segments, Products and Solutions.

Our Products segment designs, manufactures and distributes a broad range of material handling products for various industrial applications and for consumer use. Products in this segment include a wide variety of electric, lever, hand and air-powered hoists; hoist trolleys; industrial crane systems such as bridge, gantry and jib cranes; alloy, carbon steel and kiln chain; closed-die forged attachments, such as hooks, shackles, logging tools and loadbinders; industrial components, such as mechanical and electromechanical actuators, mechanical jacks and rotary unions; and below-the-hook special purpose lifters. These products are typically manufactured for stock or assembled to order from standard components and are sold through a variety of commercial distributors and to end-users. The end-users of our products are in manufacturing plants, power utility facilities and warehouses. Some of our products have farming, mining and logging applications, and we serve a niche market for the entertainment industry. We also sell some of our products to the consumer market through a variety of retailers and wholesalers.

Our Solutions segment is engaged primarily in the design, fabrication and installation of integrated workstation and facility-wide material handling systems and in the design and manufacture of tire shredders. This segment also included our Positech manipulator business and our LICO Steel erection operation, which were divested in February 2004 and March 2003, respectively. The products and services of this segment are highly engineered, are typically built to order and are primarily sold directly to end-users for specific applications in a variety of industries.

Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein provides information related to our business segments in accordance with GAAP. Summary information concerning our business segments for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005 is set forth below.

	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2003					2004					2005
	Amount			% of Total Sales		Amount			% of Total Sales		Amount		% of Total Sales
	(Dollars in millions)
Net Sales
Products	$	388.1		85.6		$	394.2		88.7		$	453.1	88.0
Solutions		65.2		14.4			50.4		11.3			61.7	12.0
Total	$	453.3		100.0		$	444.6		100.0		$	514.8	100.0
	Amount			% of Total Sales		Amount			% of Total Sales		Amount		% of Total Sales
	(Dollars in millions)
Income from Operations
Products	$	25.7		6.6		$	32.3		8.2		$	39.4	8.7
Solutions		(0.3	)	(0.5	)		(2.4	)	(4.9	)		1.3	2.1
Total	$	25.4		5.6		$	29.9		6.7		$	40.7	7.9

44

Products Segment

Products

Our Products segment primarily designs, manufactures and distributes a broad range of material handling, lifting and positioning products for various applications in industry and for consumer use and has total assets of approximately $452.8 million as of July 3, 2005. These products are typically manufactured for stock or assembled to order from standard components and are sold through a variety of distributors. Approximately 75% of our Products segment net sales is derived from the sale of products that we sell at a unit price of less than $5,000. In fiscal 2005, net sales of the Products segment were approximately $453.1 million or approximately 88.0% of our net sales, of which approximately $308.0 million, or 68.0% were domestic and $145.1 million, or 32.0% were international. The following table sets forth certain sales data for the products of our Products segment, expressed as a percentage of net sales of this segment for fiscal 2004 and 2005:

	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2004		2005
Hoists	50	%	50	%
Chain	16		16
Forged attachments	12		12
Industrial cranes	14		14
Industrial components	8		8
	100	%	100	%

Hoists. We manufacture a variety of electric chain hoists, electric wire rope hoists, hand-operated hoists, lever tools and air-powered balancers and hoists. Load capacities for our hoist product lines range from one-eighth of a ton to 100 tons. These products are sold under our Budgit, Chester, CM, Coffing, Little Mule, Shaw-Box, Yale and other recognized trademarks. Our hoists are sold for use in a variety of general industrial applications, as well as for use in the entertainment, consumer, rental, health care and other markets. We also supply hoist trolleys, driven manually or by electric motors, for the industrial, consumer and OEM markets.

We offer a line of custom-designed, below-the-hook tooling, clamps, pallet trucks and textile strappings. Below-the-hook tooling and clamps are specialized lifting apparatus used in a variety of lifting activities performed in conjunction with hoist and chain applications. Textile strappings are below-the-hook attachments, frequently used in conjunction with hoists.

Chain. We manufacture alloy and carbon steel chain for various industrial and consumer applications. Federal regulations require the use of alloy chain, which we first developed, for overhead lifting applications because of its strength and wear characteristics. A line of our alloy chain is sold under the Herc-Alloy brand name for use in overhead lifting, pulling and restraining applications. In addition, we also sell specialized load chain for use in hoists, as well as three grades and multiple sizes of carbon steel welded-link chain for various load securing and other non-overhead lifting applications. We also manufacture kiln chain sold primarily to the cement manufacturing market.

Forged Attachments. We also produce a complete line of alloy and carbon steel closed-die forged attachments, including hooks, shackles, hitch pins and master links. These forged attachments are used in chain, wire rope and textile rigging applications in a variety of industries, including transportation, mining, construction, marine, logging, petrochemical and agriculture.

In addition, we manufacture carbon steel forged and stamped products, such as loadbinders, logging tools and other securing devices, for sale to the industrial, consumer and logging markets through industrial distributors, hardware distributors, mass merchandiser outlets and OEMs.

45

Industrial Cranes. We entered the crane manufacturing market through our August 1998 acquisition of Abell-Howe, a Chicago-based regional manufacturer of jib and overhead bridge cranes. Our March 1999 acquisition of GL International, which included the Gaffey and Larco brands, and our April 1999 acquisition of Washington Equipment Company established us as a significant participant in the crane building and servicing markets. Crane builders represent a specialized distribution channel for electric wire rope hoists and other crane components.

Industrial Components. Through our Duff-Norton division, we design and manufacture industrial components such as mechanical and electromechanical actuators, mechanical jacks and rotary unions for sale domestically and abroad. Actuators are linear motion devices used in a variety of industries, including the paper, steel and aerospace industries. Mechanical jacks are heavy duty lifting devices used in the repair and maintenance of railroad equipment, locomotives and industrial machinery. Rotary unions are devices that transfer a liquid or gas from a fixed pipe or hose to a rotating drum, cylinder or other device. These unions are unique in that they connect a moving or rotating component of a machine to fixed plumbing without major spillage or leakage. Rotary unions are used in a variety of industries including pulp and paper, printing, textile and fabric manufacturing, rubber and plastic.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts in support of our Products segment consist of the following programs:

Factory-Direct Field Sales and Customer Service. We sell our products through our direct sales forces of more than 125 salespersons and through independent sales agents worldwide. Our sales are further supported by our more than 230 company-trained customer service correspondents and sales application engineers. We compensate our sales force through a combination of base salary and a commission plan based on top line sales and a pre-established sales quota.

Product Advertising. We promote our products by regular advertising in leading trade journals as well as producing and distributing high quality information catalogs. We support our product distribution by running cooperative “pull-through” advertising in over 15 vertical trade magazines and directories aimed toward theatrical, international, consumer and crane builder markets. We run targeted advertisements for chain, hoists, forged attachments, scissor lift tables, actuators, hydraulic jacks, hardware programs, cranes and light-rail systems.

Trade Show Participation. Trade shows are central to the promotion of our products, and we participate in more than 30 regional, national and international trade shows each year. Shows in which we participate range from global events held in Germany to local “markets” and “open houses” organized by individual hardware and industrial distributors. We also attend specialty shows for the entertainment, rental and safety markets, as well as general purpose industrial and consumer hardware shows. In fiscal 2005, we participated in trade shows in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, Germany, the United Kingdom, France, Spain, China and Brazil.

Industry Association Membership and Participation. As a recognized industry leader, we have a long history of work and participation in a variety of industry associations. Our management is directly involved at the officer and director levels of numerous industry associations including the following: ISA (Industrial Supply Association), AWRF (Associated Wire Rope Fabricators), PTDA (Power Transmission and Distributors Association), SCRA (Specialty Carriers and Riggers Association), WSTDA (Web Sling and Tie Down Association), MHI (Material Handling Institute), HMI (Hoist Manufacturers Institute), CMAA (Crane Manufacturers Association of America), ESTA (Entertainment Services and Technology Association), NACM (National Association of Chain Manufacturers) and ARA (American Rental Association).

Product Standards and Safety Training Classes. We conduct on-site training programs worldwide for distributors and end-users to promote and reinforce the attributes of our products and their safe use and operation in various material handling applications.

46

Web Sites. In addition to our main corporate web site at www.cmworks.com, we currently sponsor an additional 25 brand specific web sites and sell hand pallet trucks on one of these sites. Our web site at www.cmindustrial.com currently includes electronic catalogs of CM brand hoist and chain products and list prices. Current and potential customers can browse through our diverse product offering or search for specific products by name or classification code and obtain technical product specifications. We continue to add additional product catalogs, maintenance manuals, advertisements and customer service information on our various web sites. Many of the web sites allow distributors to search for personalized pricing information, order status and product serial number data.

Distribution and Markets

The distribution channels for the Products segment include a variety of commercial distributors. In addition, the Products segment sells overhead bridge, jib and gantry cranes directly to end-users. We also sell to the consumer market through wholesalers. Our products are sold through the following distribution channels:

General Distribution Channels. Our general distribution channels consist of:

• Industrial distributors that serve local or regional industrial markets and sell a variety of products for maintenance, repair, operating and production, or MROP, applications through their own direct sales force.

• Rigging shops that are distributors with expertise in rigging, lifting, positioning and load securing. Most rigging shops assemble and distribute chain, wire rope and synthetic slings and distribute off-the-shelf hoists and attachments, chain slings and other off-the-shelf products.

• Independent crane builders that design, build, install and service overhead crane and light-rail systems for general industry and also sell a wide variety of hoists and lifting attachments. We sell electric wire rope hoists and chain hoists as well as crane components, such as end trucks, trolleys, drives and electrification systems to crane builders.

Crane End-Users. We sell overhead bridge, jib and gantry cranes, parts and services to end-users through our wholly owned crane builders (Abell-Howe, Gaffey, Larco and Washington Equipment) within the CraneMart network. Our wholly owned crane builders design, manufacture, install and service a variety of cranes with capacities up to 100 tons.

Specialty Distribution Channels. Our specialty distribution channels consist of:

• Catalog houses that market a variety of MROP supplies, including material handling products, either exclusively through large, nationally distributed catalogs, or through a combination of catalog and internet sales and a field sales force. More recently, catalog houses, particularly W.W. Grainger, Inc., are pursuing e-commerce through their web sites. The customer base served by catalog houses, which traditionally included smaller industrial companies and consumers, has grown to include large industrial accounts and integrated suppliers.

• Material handling specialists and integrators that design and assemble systems incorporating hoists, overhead rail systems, trolleys, scissor lift tables, manipulators, air balancers, jib arms and other material handling products to provide end-users with solutions to their material handling problems.

• Entertainment equipment distributors that design, supply and install a variety of material handling and rigging equipment for concerts, theaters, ice shows, sports arenas, convention centers and night clubs.

Service-After-Sale Distribution Channel. Service-after-sale distributors include our authorized network of 13 chain repair service stations and over 350 hoist service and repair stations. This service network is designed for easy parts and service access for our large installed base of hoists and related equipment in North America.

47

OEM/Government Distribution Channels. This channel consists of:

• OEMs that supply various component parts directly to other industrial manufacturers as well as private branding and packaging of our traditional products for material handling, lifting, positioning and special purpose applications.

• Government agencies, including the U.S. and Canadian Navies and Coast Guards, that purchase primarily load securing chain and forged attachments.

Consumer Distribution. Consumer sales, consisting primarily of carbon steel chain and assemblies, forged attachments and hand powered hoists, are made through five distribution channels: two-step wholesale hardware distribution; one-step distribution direct to retail outlets; trucking and transportation distributors; farm hardware distributors; and rental outlets.

International Distribution. We distribute virtually all of our products in over 50 countries on six continents through a variety of distribution channels.

Customer Service and Training

We maintain customer service departments staffed by trained personnel for all of our Products segment sales divisions, and regularly schedule product and service training schools for all customer service representatives and field sales personnel. Training programs for distribution and service station personnel, as well as for end-users, are scheduled on a regular basis at most of our facilities and in the field. We have more than 350 service and repair stations worldwide that provide local and regional repair, warranty and general service work for distributors and end-users. End-user trainees attending our various programs include representatives of General Motors, DuPont, 3M, GTE, Cummins Engine, General Electric and many other industrial and entertainment organizations.

We also provide, in multiple languages, a variety of collateral material in video, cassette, CD-ROM, slide and print format addressing relevant material handling topics such as the care, use and inspection of chains and hoists, and overhead lifting and positioning safety. In addition, we sponsor advisory boards made up of representatives of our primary distributors and service-after-sale network members who are invited to participate in discussions focused on improving products and service. These boards enable us and our primary distributors to exchange product and market information relevant to industry trends.

Backlog

Our Products segment backlog of orders at July 3, 2005 was approximately $42.8 million compared to approximately $42.3 million at March 31, 2005. Our orders for standard products are generally shipped within one week. Orders for products that are manufactured to customers’ specifications are generally shipped within four to twelve weeks. Given the short product lead times, we do not believe that the amount of our Products segment backlog of orders is a reliable indication of our future sales.

Competition

Despite recent consolidation, the material handling industry remains highly fragmented. We face competition from a wide range of regional, national and international manufacturers in both domestic and international markets. In addition, we often compete with individual operating units of larger, highly diversified companies.

The principal competitive factors affecting our Products segment include product performance, functionality, price, brand, reputation, reliability and availability, as well as customer service and support. Other important factors include distributor relationships, territory coverage and the ability to service the distributor with on-time delivery and repair services.

48

Major competitors with our Products segment for hoists are Demag, Kito-Harrington, Ingersoll-Rand, KCI Konecranes and Morris Material Handling; for chain are Campbell Chain, Peerless Chain Company and American Chain and Cable Company; for forged attachments are The Crosby Group and Brewer Tichner Company; for crane building are Demag, KCI Konecranes, Morris Material Handling and a variety of independent crane builders; and for industrial components are Deublin, Joyce-Dayton and Nook Industries.

Solutions Segment

The Solutions segment is engaged primarily in the design, fabrication and installation of integrated work station and facility-wide material handling systems and in the manufacture and distribution of lift tables and tire shredders and has total assets of approximately $33.5 million as of July 3, 2005. Net sales of the Solutions segment in fiscal 2005 were $61.6 million, or 12.0% of our total net sales, of which $15.4 million, or 25.0% were domestic and $46.2 million, or 75.0% were international. The following table sets forth certain sales data for the products and services of our Solutions segment, expressed as a percentage of this segment’s net sales for fiscal 2004 and 2005:

	Fiscal Years Ended March 31,
	2004		2005
Integrated material handling conveyor systems	57	%	70	%
Lift tables	15		13
Light-rail systems and manipulators	13		4
Other	15		13
	100	%	100	%

Products and Services

Integrated Material Handling Conveyor Systems. Conveyors are an important component of many material handling systems, reflecting their high functionality for transporting material throughout manufacturing and warehouse facilities. We specialize in designing computer-controlled and automated powered roller conveyors for use in warehouse operations and distribution systems. Since fiscal 2003, we have been executing a revenue growth strategy by developing our capabilities to function as a turnkey integrator of material handling systems, while continuing to provide the conveyors required for the systems.

Lift Tables. Our American Lifts division manufactures powered lift tables. These products enhance workplace ergonomics and are sold primarily to customers in the manufacturing, construction, general industrial and air cargo industries.

Light-Rail Systems and Manipulators. Introduced in fiscal 2001, light-rail systems are portable steel overhead beam configurations used at workstations, from which hoists are frequently suspended. Our manipulator business was sold in February 2004.

Sales and Marketing

The products and services of the Solutions segment are sold primarily to large sophisticated corporate end-users, including Federal Express, UPS, United Biscuits, Lego, John Deere, Lowe’s and other industrial companies, systems integrators and distributors. In the sale of our integrated material handling conveyor systems, we act as a prime contractor with turnkey responsibility or as a supplier working closely with the customer’s general contractor. Sales are generated by internal sales personnel and rely heavily on engineer-to-engineer interactions with the customer. The process of generating client contract awards for integrated conveyor systems generally entails receiving a request-for-quotation from customers and undergoing a competitive bidding process. The Solutions segment also sells light-rail systems and scissor lift tables through its internal sales force and through specialized independent distributors and manufacturers representatives.

49

Customer Service and Training

The Solutions segment offers a wide range of value-added services to customers including: an engineering review of the customer’s processes; an engineering solution for identified material handling problems; project management; and custom design, manufacturing and installation services. We also offer after-sales services including operator training, maintenance and hot-line support. The typical length of after-sales service varies depending on customer requirements, and supplemental training courses are offered as needed.

Backlog

Revenues from our Solutions segment are generally recognized within one to six months. Our backlog of orders at July 3, 2005 was approximately $17.3 million compared to approximately $9.6 million at March 31, 2005.

Competition

The principal competitive factors affecting the market for the products and services of our Solutions segment include application solutions, performance and price. The process of generating client contract awards for these businesses generally entails receiving a request-for-quotation from end-users and undergoing a competitive bidding process. Our Solutions segment competes primarily with Crisplant, Diafuku, Swisslog, Gorbel and Southworth.

Employees

At July 3, 2005, our continuing operations had 3,092 employees; 2,008 in the U.S., 122 in Canada, 153 in Mexico and 809 in Europe and Asia. Approximately 700 of our employees are represented under seven separate U.S. or Canadian collective bargaining agreements which terminate at various times between May 2006 and September 2008. The contract which expires in May 2006 currently covers 36 employees and a contract which expires in August 2006 covers 133 employees. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Raw Materials and Components

Our principal raw materials and components are steel, consisting of structural steel, processed steel bar, forging bar steel, steel rod and wire, steel pipe and tubing and tool steel; electric motors; bearings; gear reducers; castings; and electro-mechanical components. These commodities are all available from multiple sources. We purchase most of these raw materials and components from a limited number of strategic and preferred suppliers under long-term agreements which are negotiated through our company-wide purchasing group, or Purchasing Council, to take advantage of volume discounts. As the steel industry is cyclical and steel prices can fluctuate significantly, beginning in approximately January 2004 we have seen significant cost increases in certain types of steel in certain markets. We generally seek to pass on materials price increases to our distribution channel partners and end-user customers, although a lag period often exists. We instituted price increases for our chain and forged attachment products effective April 1, 2004 and for the majority of our hoist products effective May 1, 2004 and again October 1, 2004. In addition, we initiated price surcharges beginning March 18, 2004 on certain products, and increased some of those and added price surcharges to other products throughout fiscal 2005. We will continue to monitor our costs and reevaluate our price surcharges on a monthly basis. Our ability to pass on these increases is determined by market conditions.

Manufacturing

We manufacture approximately 90% of the products we sell. Additionally, we outsource components and finished goods from an established global network of suppliers. We regularly upgrade our manufacturing facilities and invest in tooling, equipment and technology. We have implemented Lean Manufacturing in our plants which has resulted in inventory reductions, reductions in required manufacturing floor area, shorter product lead time and increased productivity.

50

Our manufacturing operations are highly integrated. Although raw materials and some components, such as motors, bearings, gear reducers, castings and electro-mechanical components, are purchased, our vertical integration enables us to produce many of the components used in the manufacturing of our products. We manufacture hoist lifting chain, steel forged gear blanks, lift wheels, trolley wheels, and hooks and other attachments for incorporation into our hoist products. These products are also sold as spare parts for hoist repair. Additionally, our hoists are used as components in the manufacture of crane systems by us and by our end-users. We believe this vertical integration results in lower production costs, greater manufacturing flexibility and higher product quality, and reduces our reliance on outside suppliers.

Environmental and Other Governmental Regulation

Like most manufacturing companies, we are subject to various federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment. To address the requirements of such laws, we have adopted a corporate environmental protection policy which provides that all of our owned or leased facilities shall, and all of our employees have the duty to, comply with all applicable environmental regulatory standards, and we have initiated an environmental auditing program for our facilities to ensure compliance with such regulatory standards. We have also established managerial responsibilities and internal communication channels for dealing with environmental compliance issues that may arise in the course of our business. We have made and could be required to continue to make significant expenditures to comply with environmental requirements. Because of the complexity and changing nature of environmental regulatory standards, it is possible that situations will arise from time to time requiring us to incur additional expenditures in order to ensure environmental regulatory compliance. However, we are not aware of any environmental condition or any operation at any of our facilities, either individually or in the aggregate, which would cause expenditures having a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows and, accordingly, have not budgeted any material capital expenditures for environmental compliance for fiscal 2006.

Certain environmental laws, such as the U.S. federal Superfund laws and similar state statutes, can impose liability on current or former owners or operators of a site, or on parties who disposed of waste at a site for the entire cost of cleaning up a site contaminated by hazardous substances. These costs may be assessed regardless of whether the party owned or operated the site at the time of the releases or the lawfulness of the original disposal activity. The required remedial activities are usually performed in the context of administrative or judicial enforcement proceedings brought by regulatory authorities. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs and third-party claims, as a result of liabilities under such environmental laws. For example, we have been identified by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, or NYSDEC, along with other companies, as a potentially responsible party, or PRP, at the Frontier Chemical Site in Pendleton, New York, a site listed on NYSDEC’s Registry of Inactive Hazardous Waste Disposal sites. From 1958 to 1977, the Pendleton Site had been operated as a commercial waste treatment and disposal facility. We sent waste pickling liquor generated at our facility in Tonawanda, New York, to the Pendleton Site during the period from approximately 1969 to 1977, and we participated with other PRPs in conducting the remediation of the Pendleton Site under a consent order with NYSDEC. Construction in connection with the remediation has been completed and this project is currently in its operations and maintenance phase. As a result of a negotiated cost allocation among the participating PRPs, we have paid our pro rata share of the remediation construction costs and accrued our share of the ongoing operations and maintenance costs. As of July 3, 2005, we have paid approximately $1.0 million in remediation and ongoing operations and maintenance costs associated with the Pendleton Site. The participating PRPs have identified and commenced a cost recovery action against a number of other parties who sent hazardous substances to the Pendleton Site. Full settlements have been reached with all defendants in the cost recovery action. All settlement payments in connection with the Pendleton Site litigation have been made, and we have received $0.2 million as our share of the settlement proceeds. We have also entered into a settlement agreement with one of our insurance carriers in the amount of $0.7 million in connection with the Pendleton Site and have received payment in full of the settlement amount.

We are investigating past waste disposal activities at a facility in Cleveland, Texas, operated by our subsidiary, Crane Equipment and Service, Inc., and we have entered into a voluntary agreement with the Texas

51

Commission on Environmental Quality (“TCEQ”) to investigate and, as appropriate, remediate environmental conditions at this site. We have prepared an investigative work plan for the purpose of determining the nature and extent of environmental conditions at the site, and we have submitted the work plan to the TCEQ for approval, but we have not yet received TCEQ’s comments on our proposal. Consequently, at this time it is not possible to determine the costs of the investigation and, if necessary, the site remediation, but we believe any such costs will not have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.

For all of the currently known environmental matters, we have accrued a total of approximately $0.6 million as of July 3, 2005, which, in our opinion, is sufficient to deal with such matters. Further, our management believes that the environmental matters known to, or anticipated by, us should not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition. However, we may incur additional costs as a result of environmental requirements adopted or imposed in the future, the discovery of additional contamination or the imposition of additional cleanup requirements, or other environmental matters. There can be no assurance that potential liabilities and expenditures associated with unknown environmental matters, unanticipated events, or future compliance with environmental laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Our operations are also governed by many other laws and regulations, including those relating to workplace safety and worker health, principally OSHA and regulations thereunder. We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws and regulations and do not believe that future compliance with such laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Properties

We maintain our corporate headquarters in Amherst, New York and, as of October 2, 2005, conducted our principal manufacturing at the following facilities:

Location	Products/Operations	Square Footage	Owned or Leased	Business Segment
United States:
Muskegon, MI	Hoists	441,225	Owned	Products
Charlotte, NC	Industrial components	307,340	Owned	Products
Wadesboro, NC	Hoists	192,342	Owned	Products
Tonawanda, NY	Light-rail crane systems	187,630	Owned	Solutions
Lexington, TN	Chain	175,700	Owned	Products
Cedar Rapids, IA	Forged attachments	100,000	Owned	Products
Eureka, IL	Cranes	91,300	Owned	Products
Damascus, VA	Hoists	90,338	Owned	Products
Chattanooga, TN	Forged attachments	77,000	Owned	Products
Greensburg, IN	Scissor lifts	60,000	Owned	Solutions
Lisbon, OH	Hoists	36,600	Owned	Products
Cleveland, TX	Cranes	35,000	Owned	Products
Chattanooga, TN	Forged attachments	33,000	Owned	Products
Sarasota, FL	Tire shredders	24,954	Owned	Solutions
International:
Arden, Denmark	Project design and conveyors	91,200	Owned	Solutions
Santiago, Tianguistenco, Mexico	Hoists and chain	85,000	Owned	Products
Velbert, Germany	Hoists	72,200	Leased	Products
Hangzhou, China	Hoists and hand pallet trucks	50,200	Leased	Products
Stoney Creek, Ontario, Canada	Cranes	44,255	Owned	Products
Hangzhou, China	Metal fabrication, textiles and textile strappings	37,000	Leased	Products
Hangzhou, China	Textile strappings	30,000	Leased	Products
Chester, United Kingdom	Plate clamps	28,100	Leased	Products
Romeny-sur-Marne, France	Rotary unions	21,550	Owned	Products
Arden, Denmark	Project construction	19,500	Leased	Solutions
Velbert, Germany	Hoists	12,800	Leased	Products
Szekesfeher, Hungary	Textiles and textile strappings	10,000	Leased	Products

52

In addition, we have a total of 37 sales offices, distribution centers and warehouses. We believe that our properties have been adequately maintained, are in generally good condition and are suitable for our business as presently conducted. We also believe our existing facilities provide sufficient production capacity for our present needs and for our anticipated needs in the foreseeable future. Upon the expiration of our current leases, we believe that either we will be able to secure renewal terms or enter into leases for alternative locations at market terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are named a defendant in legal actions arising out of the normal course of business, including certain asbestos-related litigation. In continually evaluating costs relating to our estimated asbestos-related liability, we review, among other things, the incidence of past and recent claims, the historical case dismissal rate, the mix of the claimed illnesses and occupations of the plaintiffs, our recent and historical resolution of the cases, the number of cases pending against us, the status and results of broad-based settlement discussions, and the number of years such activity might continue. Based on this review, we have estimated our share of liability to defend and resolve probable asbestos-related personal injury claims. This estimate is highly uncertain due to the limitations of the available data and the difficulty of forecasting with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect the range of the liability. We will continue to study the variables in light of additional information in order to identify trends that may become evident and to assess their impact on the range of liability that is probable and estimable.

Based on actuarial information, we have estimated our asbestos-related aggregate liability through March 31, 2030 and March 31, 2081 to range between $4.2 million to $16.7 million. Our estimation of our asbestos-related aggregate liability that is probable and estimable, in accordance with GAAP, is through March 31, 2030 and ranges from $4.2 million to $5.5 million as of March 31, 2005. The range of probable and estimable liability reflects uncertainty in the number of future claims that will be filed and the cost to resolve those claims, which may be influenced by a number of factors. Based on the underlying actuarial information, we have reflected $4.8 million as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The recorded liability does not consider the impact of any potential favorable federal legislation such as the “FAIR Act”. Of this amount, we expect to incur asbestos liability payments of approximately $0.2 million over the next 12 months. Because payment of the liability is likely to extend over many years, we believe that the potential additional costs for claims will not have a material after-tax effect on our financial condition or liquidity, although the net after-tax effect of any future liabilities recorded could be material to earnings in a future period.

We are not a party to any other pending legal proceeding other than ordinary, routine litigation incidental to our business. We do not believe that any of our pending litigation will have a material impact on our business. We maintain comprehensive general liability insurance against risks arising out of the normal course of business through our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of which we are the sole policy holder. The limits of this coverage are $3.0 million per occurrence ($2.0 million through March 31, 2003) and $6.0 million aggregate ($5.0 million through March 31, 2003) per year. We obtain additional insurance coverage from independent insurers to cover potential losses in excess of these limits.

53

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of October 2, 2005:

Name	Age	Position
Ernest R. Verebelyi	57	Chairman of the Board
Timothy T. Tevens	49	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Herbert P. Ladds, Jr.	72	Director
Carlos Pascual	59	Director
Richard H. Fleming	58	Director
Wallace W. Creek	66	Director
Stephen Rabinowitz	62	Director
Linda A. Goodspeed	43	Director
Derwin R. Gilbreath	57	Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Ned T. Librock	52	Vice President—Sales
Karen L. Howard*	43	Vice President, Treasurer and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Joseph J. Owen	44	Vice President and Hoist Group Leader
Robert H. Myers, Jr.	62	Vice President—Human Resources
Timothy R. Harvey	54	General Counsel and Secretary

* Robert R. Friedl resigned from Columbus McKinnon effective August 4, 2005. Karen L. Howard has been named Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 5, 2005.

Ernest R. Verebelyi was appointed a director of our company in January 2003 and was elected Chairman of the Board at our annual shareholder meeting on August 15, 2005. Mr. Verebelyi retired from Terex Corporation, a global diversified equipment manufacturer, in October 2002 where he held the position of Group President. Prior to joining Terex in 1998, he held executive, general management and operating positions at General Signal Corporation, Emerson, Hussmann Corporation and General Electric. Mr. Verebelyi also serves as a director of Fairfield Manufacturing Company, headquartered in Lafayette, Indiana.

Timothy T. Tevens was elected President and a director of our company in January 1998 and assumed the duties of Chief Executive Officer in July 1998. From May 1991 to January 1998 he served as our Vice President—Information Services and was elected Chief Operating Officer in October 1996. From 1980 to 1991, Mr. Tevens was employed by Ernst & Young LLP in various management consulting capacities.

Herbert P. Ladds, Jr. has been a director of our company since 1973 and was elected our Chairman of the Board of Directors in January 1998. Following the company’s shareholder meeting on August 15, 2005, Mr. Ladds resigned his chairmanship, but will remain as a director. Mr. Ladds served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1986 until his retirement in July 1998. Mr. Ladds was our President from 1982 until January 1998, our Executive Vice President from 1981 to 1982 and Vice President—Sales & Marketing from 1971 to 1980. Mr. Ladds is also a director of Utica Mutual Insurance Company and Utica Life Insurance Company.

Carlos Pascual has been a director of our company since 1998. Mr. Pascual currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Xerox de Espana S.A. (Spain). From January 2000 through December 2003, Mr. Pascual was Executive Vice President and President of Developing Markets Operations for Xerox. From January 1999 to January 2000, Mr. Pascual served as Deputy Executive Officer of Xerox’s Industry Solutions Operations. From August 1995 to January 1999, Mr. Pascual served as President of Xerox Corporation’s United States Customer Operations. Prior thereto, he has served in various capacities with Xerox Corporation.

Richard H. Fleming was appointed a director of our company in March 1999. In February 1999, Mr. Fleming was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of USG Corporation. Prior

54

thereto, Mr. Fleming served USG Corporation in various executive financial capacities, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 1995 to February 1999 and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 1994 to January 1995. Mr. Fleming also serves as a member of the Board of Directors for several not-for-profit entities including UCAN, the Child Welfare League of America and Chicago United.

Wallace W. Creek was appointed a director of our company in January 2003. From December 2002 through June 2004, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance for Collins & Aikman, a leading manufacturer of automotive interior components. Prior to that, Mr. Creek was the Controller of General Motors Corporation for nearly ten years and held several executive positions in finance at General Motors over a forty-three year career.

Stephen Rabinowitz was appointed a director of our company in October 2004. Mr. Rabinowitz retired in 2001 from his position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of General Cable Corporation, a leading manufacturer of electrical, communications and utility cable. Prior to joining General Cable as President and Chief Executive Officer in 1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Allied Signal Braking Systems, and before that as President and Chief Executive Officer of General Electric’s Electrical Distribution and Control business. Mr. Rabinowitz has also held management positions in manufacturing operations and technology at the General Electric Company and the Ford Motor Company. Mr. Rabinowitz also serves as a director of Energy Conservation Devices, Inc., JLG Industries, Inc. and the Nanosteel Company.

Linda A. Goodspeed was appointed a director of our company in October 2004. In 2001, Ms. Goodspeed joined Lennox International, Inc., a global supplier of climate control solutions, and currently serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of that company. Prior to that, she served as President and Chief Operating Officer of PartMiner, Inc., a global supplier of electronic components. Ms. Goodspeed has also held management positions in product management and development, research and development and design engineering at General Electric Appliances, Nissan North America, Inc. and the Ford Motor Company.

Derwin R. Gilbreath was appointed Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in February 2005. Mr. Gilbreath has more than thirty years of experience in industrial operations and management, including as Chief Operating Officer of the Metalworking Solutions and Services Group of Kennametal, Inc. (NYSE: KMT). Prior to joining Kennametal in 1994, he served in senior operations management positions at General Signal Corporation and NL Industries.

Ned T. Librock was elected a Vice President in November 1995. Mr. Librock has been employed by us since 1990 in various sales management capacities. Prior to his employment with us, Mr. Librock was employed by Dynabrade Inc., a manufacturer of power tools, as director of sales and marketing.

Karen L. Howard was elected our Vice President in January 1997, Treasurer in August 2004, and named Interim Chief Financial Officer on August 5, 2005. From January 1997 to August 2004, Ms. Howard served as our Vice President—Controller. Prior to that, Ms. Howard was employed by us in various financial and accounting capacities. Previously, Ms. Howard was employed by Ernst & Young LLP as a certified public accountant.

Joseph J. Owen was appointed Vice President—Strategic Integration in August 1999 and served in that capacity until June 2005 when he assumed the position of Vice President and Hoist Group Leader. From April 1997 to August 1999, Mr. Owen was employed by us as Corporate Director—Materials Management. Prior to joining us, Mr. Owen was employed by Ernst & Young LLP in various management consulting capacities.

Robert H. Myers, Jr. has been employed by us since 1959. In October of 2001, Mr. Myers was appointed Vice President—Human Resources. Prior to October 2001, Mr. Myers served for eight years as Corporate Manager of Environmental Systems. Prior to that, Mr. Myers served as Human Resources Director of our CM Hoist Division.

Timothy R. Harvey has been with us since 1996, initially serving as Manager—Legal Affairs until his appointment as Secretary in October 2003. He also serves as our General Counsel. Prior to 1996, Mr. Harvey was engaged in the private practice of law in Buffalo, New York.

55

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 2, 2005, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of 3.0 million shares of common stock by our company and the sale of 350,000 shares of common stock by the selling shareholder, by (i) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding common stock, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our five most highly compensated executive officers for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, (iv) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iv) the selling shareholder.

	Beneficial Ownership Prior to Offering		Number of Shares Offered	Beneficial Ownership After Offering
Name	Number(1)	Percentage		Number(1)	Percentage
Ernest R. Verebelyi(2)	1,000	*		1,000	*
Timothy T. Tevens(2)(3)	242,546	1.59		242,546	1.33
Herbert P. Ladds, Jr.(2)(4)	914,610	6.00	350,000	564,610	3.09
Carlos Pascual(2)	10,000	*		10,000	*
Richard H. Fleming(2)	1,504	*		1,504	*
Wallace W. Creek(2)	8,500	*		8,500	*
Stephen Rabinowitz(2)	500	*		500	*
Linda A. Goodspeed(2)	500	*		500	*
Robert R. Friedl(2)(5)	0	*		0	*
Ned T. Librock(2)(6)	155,546	1.02		155,546	*
Karen L. Howard(2)(7)	159,739	1.05		159,739	*
Joseph J. Owen(2)(8)	80,119	*		80,119	*
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15 persons)(9)	1,636,009	10.73		1,286,009	7.05
Columbus McKinnon Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan(2)	1,080,485	7.09		1,080,485	5.92
Fidelity Management & Research Co.(10)	1,599,277	10.49		1,599,277	8.76
Tontine Financial Partners LP(11)	1,486,280	9.75		1,486,280	8.15

*  Less than 1%.

(1) Rounded to the nearest whole share. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, each of the shareholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned by such shareholder, except to the extent that authority is shared by spouses under applicable law.

(2) The business address of each of the executive officers and directors is 140 John James Audubon Parkway, Amherst, New York 14228-1197.

(3) Includes (i) 35,326 shares of common stock owned directly, (ii) 7,000 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Tevens’ spouse, (iii) 50 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Tevens’ son, (iv) 4,920 shares of common stock allocated to Mr. Tevens’ ESOP account, (v) 143,680 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Tevens under the Incentive Plan which are exercisable within 60 days and (vi) 51,570 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Tevens under the Non-Qualified Plan which are exercisable within 60 days. Excludes 93,750 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Tevens under the Incentive Plan which are not exercisable within 60 days.

(4) Includes (i) 731,355 shares of common stock owned directly, (ii) 163,705 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Ladds’ spouse, (iii) 19,550 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ladds’ spouse as trustee for the grandchildren of Mr. Ladds.

(5) Effective August 4, 2005, Mr. Friedl resigned from his position as Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer.

(6) Includes (i) 19,390 shares of common stock owned directly, (ii) 152 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Librock’s son, (iii) 5,004 shares of common stock allocated to Mr. Librock’s ESOP account,

56

(iv) 112,845 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Librock under the Incentive Plan which are exercisable within 60 days and (v) 18,155 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Librock under the Non-Qualified Plan which are exercisable within 60 days. Excludes 30,000 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Librock under the Incentive Plan which are not exercisable within 60 days.

(7) Includes (i) 21,796 shares of common stock owned directly, (ii) 1,943 shares allocated to Ms. Howard’s ESOP account, (iii) 117,845 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Ms. Howard under the Incentive Plan which are exercisable within 60 days and (iv) 18,155 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Ms. Howard under the Non-Qualified Plan which are exercisable within 60 days. Excludes (y) 1,080,349 additional shares of common stock owned by the ESOP for which Ms. Howard serves as one of four trustees and for which she disclaims any beneficial ownership and (z) 15,000 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Ms. Howard under the Incentive Plan which are not exercisable within 60 days.

(8) Includes (i) 13,505 shares of common stock owned directly, (ii) 1,327 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Owen’s spouse, (iii) 1,287 shares of common stock allocated to Mr. Owen’s ESOP account, (iv) 59,500 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Owen under the Incentive Plan that are exercisable within 60 days, and (v) 4,500 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Owen under the Non-Qualified Plan which are exercisable within 60 days. Excludes 22,500 shares of common stock issuable under options granted to Mr. Owen under the Incentive Plan which are not exercisable within 60 days.

(9) Includes (i) options to purchase an aggregate of 581,300 shares of common stock issuable to certain executive officers under the Incentive Plan and Non-Qualified Plan which are exercisable within 60 days. Excludes the shares of common stock owned by the ESOP as to which Ms. Howard, Mr. Harvey and Mr. Myers serve as trustees, except for an aggregate of 18,853 shares allocated to the respective ESOP accounts of our executive officers and (ii) options to purchase an aggregate of 240,000 shares of common stock issued to certain executive officers under the Incentive Plan and Non-Qualified Plan which are not exercisable within 60 days.

(10) Information with respect to Fidelity Management & Research Company is based on a Schedule 13F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005. The stated business address for Fidelity Management & Research Company is One Federal Street E14B, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

(11) Information with respect to Tontine Financial Partners LP is based on a Schedule 13F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005 by a group consisting of Tontine Management, L.L.C., Tontine Partners, L.P., Tontine Capital Management, L.L.C., Tontine Associates, L.L.C. and Jeffrey L. Gendell (individually and as managing member of Tontine Management, L.L.C., Tontine Capital Management, L.L.C. and Tontine Associates, L.L.C.). Based solely upon information in this Schedule 13F, Tontine Financial Partners LP and these affiliated entities share voting power and dispositive power with respect to all of such shares of common stock. The stated business address for Tontine Financial Partners LP is 55 Railroad Avenue, 3rd Floor, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

57

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Our authorized capital stock consists of 50 million shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, and 1 million shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share. As of October 2, 2005, there were 15,247,572 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 18,247,572 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. There are no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. The following description of our capital stock is a summary only and is derived from our certificate of incorporation, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Common Stock

Voting Rights. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the election of directors. There is no cumulative voting. Therefore, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock voted in an election of directors can elect all of the directors then standing for election, subject to any rights of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock.

Dividends. Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if, as and when such dividends are declared by our Board of Directors out of assets legally available therefor after payment of dividends required to be paid on shares of outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of our debts and other liabilities and making provision for the holders of outstanding preferred stock, if any, our remaining assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of our common stock.

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to establish the rights and restrictions granted to or imposed on any unissued shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our Board of Directors has the authority, without approval of our shareholders, to issue preferred stock that has voting and conversion rights superior to our common stock, which could have the effect of deterring, delaying or preventing a change in control. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

There are 250,000 shares of our Series A junior participating preferred stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of rights under our rights agreement. For a more detailed discussion of our rights agreement and our Series A junior participating preferred stock, please see “Rights Agreement.”

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

Number, Vacancies and Removal of Directors. Our directors are elected annually at our annual meeting of shareholders. The number of our directors may be fixed from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of our directors then in office, but the Board of Directors may not consist of fewer than three nor more than nine directors. A director may be removed for cause by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Any director vacancies for any reason other than from newly created directorships may be filled by a vote of a majority of directors then in office. Any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of our directors may be filled by a vote of a majority of the our entire Board of Directors, inclusive of vacancies. These provisions may have the effect of preventing our shareholders from removing incumbent directors, increasing the size and the number of our directors or filling vacancies on our Board of Directors without the support of our incumbent directors.

Shareholder Meetings. Matters may be brought by our shareholders before an annual or special meeting only in compliance with certain notice procedures contained in our by-laws. Our shareholders may bring before an annual meeting a proposal or a nomination for director only if the shareholder delivers a notice of such proposal or nomination to our Secretary not less than sixty and no more than ninety days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year. A proposal notice must state the text of the proposal and a brief written statement of the reasons why the shareholder favors the proposal. A notice regarding nomination of a person for director must contain certain information regarding the person nominated, including the number of shares

58

of capital stock of the company held by such person. Any matters acted upon at a special meeting of our shareholders are limited to only those matters set forth on our notice of meeting. In the event that we call a special meeting for the purpose of electing directors, a nomination for director may be made by a shareholder if the shareholder has provided notice of the nomination to our Secretary not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the public announcement of the special meeting. A special meeting of our shareholders can be called only by our Chairman of the Board or our President or by a resolution of our Board of Directors.

Rights Agreement

On October 25, 1997, our Board of Directors approved a rights agreement with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of the our common stock to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 10, 1997. Certificates for our common stock issued after November 10, 1997 contain a notation incorporating the rights agreement by reference. The rights agreement was amended and restated on October 1, 1998.

Under the terms of the rights agreement, each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one one-hundredth of a share of Series A junior participating preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, at a price of $80.00 per unit of one one-hundredth of a share, subject to adjustment. The rights are represented by the certificates for our common stock and are not separately transferable from our common stock. The rights, however, separate from the common stock upon the earlier of:

• ten days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

• ten business days following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group beneficially owning 20% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock (unless such tender offer or exchange offer is an offer for all outstanding shares of common stock which a majority of our unaffiliated directors (who are not officers of the company) determined to be fair to and otherwise in our best interests and the best interest of our shareholders).

The earlier of these two dates is called the “distribution date”. As soon as practicable after the distribution date, rights certificates will be mailed to holders of record of our common stock as of the close of business on the distribution date. The rights are not exercisable until the distribution date and expire at the close of business on November 10, 2007, unless earlier redeemed by us.

If any person or group of persons becomes the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, except in connection with an offer approved by our Board of Directors, each holder of a right (except the acquiring person or group) will thereafter have the right to receive, upon payment of the purchase price, shares of our common stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the our company) having a value equal to two times the purchase price of the right. All rights that are or under certain circumstances, were, beneficially owned by the acquiring person or group will be null and void. However, rights are not exercisable following the occurrence of such an event until such time as the rights are no longer redeemable by us, as set forth below.

For example, at a purchase price of $80.00 per right, each right (not owned by an acquiring person or group) would entitle its holder to receive $160.00 worth of common stock for $80.00. Assuming that our common stock had a per share value of $20.00 at such time, the holder of each valid right would be entitled to receive eight shares of common stock for $80.00.

Each holder of a right may have the right to receive, upon payment of the purchase price, common stock, having a value equal to two time the exercise price of the right, of a corporation acquiring us, provided that a person or group of persons has acquired 20% or more of our common stock and either:

• we are acquired in a merger or other business combination in which we are not the surviving corporation or in which we are the surviving corporation but our common stock is changed or exchanged (other than

59

a merger which follows an offer for all outstanding shares of common stock which a majority of our unaffiliated directors, who are not officers of the company, determine to be fair and in the best interest of our shareholders); or

• 50% or more of our assets, earning power or cash flow is sold or transferred.

The purchase price payable and the number of units of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities or property issuable upon exercise of the Rights are subject to customary adjustments from time to time to prevent dilution.

We may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at any time until ten days following the date on which a person or group acquires 20% or more of our common stock. The rights may be redeemed at a price of $.01 per right, payable in cash, our common stock or any other consideration deemed appropriate by our Board of Directors. The rights terminate immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of the rights.

In the event that the shares of Series A junior participating preferred stock are issued upon the exercise of the rights, holders will be entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the current purchase per unit of one one-hundredth of a share of such stock or (ii) the dividends payable in cash declared on the common shares in an amount per whole share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the “formula number” multiplied by the amount of the cash dividends then to be paid on each outstanding common share. The “formula number” is equal to 100, but is subject to adjustment if we make a dividend to our common stock holders payable in shares of our common stock, subdivide or combine our outstanding shares of common stock, or issue shares of our capital stock in a reclassification or change of the outstanding common stock. The Series A junior participating preferred stock are cumulative, but do not bear interest, and are not subject to our redemption. Upon our liquidation or winding up, the holders of the Series A junior participating preferred stock will be entitled to all accrued and unpaid dividends plus a minimum preferential liquidation payment equal to the greater of (i) 50% of the purchase price per unit of one one-hundredth of a share of Series A junior participating preferred stock or (ii) an aggregate amount equal to the “formula number” then in effect multiplied by the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to the holders of the common stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation, combination or any other transaction in which the common shares are exchanged or changed into other stock or securities, cash or any other property, the outstanding shares of Series A junior participating preferred stock will be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to the “formula number” then in effect multiplied by the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash or other property into which or for which each of the shares of common stock is exchanged or changed. On all matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, each share of Series A junior participating preferred stock is entitled to a number of votes equal to the “formula number” then in effect and vote together as one class with all other series or classes of voting stock, unless otherwise required by law.

The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. Exercise of the rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved by our Board of Directors. The existence of the rights, however, should not affect an offer at a fair price and otherwise in the best interest of our company and our shareholders as determined by our Board of Directors. The rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination that is approved by our Board of Directors.

New York Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 912 of the New York Business Corporation Law, or BCL, which prohibits certain business combinations with interested shareholders and prevents certain persons from making a takeover bid for a New York corporation unless certain prescribed requirements are satisfied. Section 912 of the BCL defines an “interested shareholder” as any person that:

• is the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a New York corporation, or

• is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and at any time during the prior five years was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the corporation’s then outstanding voting stock.

60

Section 912 of the BCL provides that a New York corporation may not engage in a business combination, such as a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or disposition of stock, with any interested shareholder for a period of five years from the date that such person first became an interested shareholder unless the business combination was first approved by the board of directors prior to date such person became an interested shareholder.

Additionally, a New York corporation may not engage at any time in any business combination with an interested shareholder unless:

• the business combination is approved by the board of directors prior to the date such person first became an interested shareholder,

• the business combination is approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock not beneficially owned by the interested shareholder at a meeting of shareholders occurring no earlier that five years after such person first became an interested shareholder, or

• the consideration to be paid to all of the shareholders in connection with the business combination is at least equal to the greater of (i) the price paid by the interested shareholder for the interest in the corporation or (ii) the market value of the stock of the corporation equal to the greater of its value when acquired by the interested shareholder or when the announcement of the business combination was made.

The effect of Section 912 of the BCL may be to delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction which is favored by a majority of shareholders.

Limitation of Liability of Directors

Section 402(b) of the BCL permits a New York corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating the potential monetary liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for improper payment of dividends, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director receives an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be liable to us or our shareholders for a breach of their duties to the fullest extent in which elimination or limitation of the liability of directors are permitted by the BCL.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the BCL, each person (and their heirs, executors, or administrators) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in, any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of our company or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. We are also obligated to pay the cost of the expenses incurred by our officers and directors (including attorney’s fees) in defending themselves in such proceedings in advance of final disposition if the officer or director agrees to repay the amount advanced in the event it is ultimately determined that the officer or director was not entitled to be indemnified by us as authorized by our certificate of incorporation. We are not obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless the proceeding was authorized or consented to by our Board of Directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.

61

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2005, we and the selling shareholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as representative, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter	Number of Shares
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Needham & Company, LLC
Total	3,350,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 450,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $             per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $             per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the public offering the representative may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling shareholder will pay:

	Per Share		Total
	Without Over-allotment	With Over-allotment	Without Over-allotment	With Over-allotment
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us	$	$	$	$
Expenses payable by us	$	$	$	$
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling shareholder	$	$	$	$
Expenses payable by the selling shareholder	$		$

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on

62

the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

Our officers, directors and the selling shareholder have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

We and the selling shareholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CMCO”.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have performed and may in the future perform investment banking, financial advisory and lending services for us and our affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary compensation, and may do so in the future.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

• Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

• Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

• Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

63

• Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

• In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

64

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling shareholder prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling shareholder and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

• the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,

• where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,

• the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and

• the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the common stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us and the selling shareholder in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling shareholder. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling shareholder, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling shareholder, will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling shareholder may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

65

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

66

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Hodgson Russ LLP, Buffalo, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Columbus McKinnon Corporation at March 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005 (including schedule appearing therein) appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The consolidated financial statements of Columbus McKinnon Corporation appearing in Columbus McKinnon Corporation’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2005 (including schedule appearing therein), and Columbus McKinnon Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005 included therein, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including our company. We make available on our Internet website free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports as soon as practicable after we electronically file such reports with the SEC. Our website address is http://www.cmworks.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference herein.

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, allows us to incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information that we file with the SEC in other documents. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring to other documents that contain that information. The information may include documents filed after the date of this prospectus which update and supersede the information you read in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, except to the extent information in those documents is different from the information contained in this prospectus, and all future documents filed with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, until we terminate the offering of these shares:

• Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005;

• Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2005;

• Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2005; and

• A description of our common stock contained in a registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on January 24, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8-A/A filed with the SEC on February 22, 1996.

67

Other than as expressly stated herein, none of our reports, proxy statements or other information filed, or that we may file, with the SEC is incorporated by reference herein. You may request copies of the documents made available on our Internet website by contacting us at the address and telephone number set forth above. You may request a copy of these documents, at no cost, by written or oral request to:

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

140 John James Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

(716) 689-5400

This prospectus may contain information that updates, modifies or is contrary to information in one or more of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Reports we file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus may also contain information that updates, modifies or is contrary to information in this prospectus or in documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Investors should review these reports as they may disclose a change in our business, prospects, financial condition or other affairs after the date of this prospectus.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including our company. We make available on our Internet website free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports as soon as practicable after we electronically file such reports with the SEC. Our website address is http://www.cmworks.com. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference herein. Other than as expressly stated herein, none of our reports, proxy statements or other information filed, or that we may file, with the SEC is incorporated by reference herein. You may request copies of the documents made available on our Internet website by contacting us at the address and telephone number set forth above.

68

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2005
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement	F-7
Schedule II to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-40
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the three months ended July 3, 2005 (Unaudited)
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-41
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Accumulated Deficit	F-42
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-43
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-44
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	F-45

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Columbus McKinnon Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Columbus McKinnon Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Columbus McKinnon Corporation and subsidiaries at March 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Columbus McKinnon Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 6, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 1, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

June 6, 2005

Buffalo, New York

F-2

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	March 31,
	2005			2004
	(In thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	9,479		$	11,101
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts ($3,015 and $2,811, respectively)		88,974			84,374
Unbilled revenues		8,848			5,160
Inventories		77,626			69,119
Net assets held for sale		—			2,790
Prepaid expenses		14,198			15,486
Total current assets		199,125			188,030
Net property, plant, and equipment		57,237			58,773
Goodwill, net		185,443			184,994
Other intangibles, net		1,842			1,748
Marketable securities		24,615			25,355
Deferred taxes on income		6,122			6,388
Other assets		6,487			8,075
Total assets	$	480,871		$	473,363
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable to banks	$	4,839		$	5,471
Trade accounts payable		33,688			30,076
Accrued liabilities		51,962			48,416
Restructuring reserve		144			561
Current portion of long-term debt		5,819			2,205
Total current liabilities		96,452			86,729
Senior debt, less current portion		115,735			121,603
Subordinated debt		144,548			164,131
Other non-current liabilities		42,369			37,922
Total liabilities		399,104			410,385
Shareholders’ equity:
Voting common stock; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 14,948,172 and 14,896,172 shares issued		149			149
Additional paid-in capital		104,078			103,914
Accumulated deficit		(8,644	)		(25,354	)
ESOP debt guarantee; 284,695 and 319,802 shares		(4,554	)		(5,116	)
Unearned restricted stock; 1,000 and 24,096 shares		(6	)		(39	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(9,256	)		(10,576	)
Total shareholders’ equity		81,767			62,978
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	480,871		$	473,363

See accompanying notes.

F-3

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales	$	514,752		$	444,591		$	453,320
Cost of products sold		388,844			339,745			345,986
Gross profit		125,908			104,846			107,334
Selling expenses		52,291			48,331			47,400
General and administrative expenses		31,730			25,026			26,611
Restructuring charges		910			1,239			3,697
Write-off/amortization of intangibles		312			383			4,246
Income from operations		40,665			29,867			25,380
Interest and debt expense		27,620			28,856			32,008
Other income, net		(5,218	)		(4,191	)		(2,149	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change		18,263			5,202			(4,479	)
Income tax expense		2,196			4,009			1,532
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change		16,067			1,193			(6,011	)
Income from discontinued operations		643			—			—
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change		16,710			1,193			(6,011	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—			—			(8,000	)
Net income (loss)	$	16,710		$	1,193		$	(14,011	)
Average basic shares outstanding		14,594			14,553			14,496
Average diluted shares outstanding		14,803			14,554			14,496
Basic income (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	1.10		$	0.08		$	(0.42	)
Income from discontinued operations		0.04			—			—
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			—			(0.55	)
Basic income (loss) per share	$	1.14		$	0.08		$	(0.97	)
Diluted income (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	1.09		$	0.08		$	(0.42	)
Income from discontinued operations		0.04			—			—
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			—			(0.55	)
Diluted income (loss) per share	$	1.13		$	0.08		$	(0.97	)

See accompanying notes.

F-4

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

	Common Stock ($.01 par value)		Addi- tional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			ESOP Debt Guarantee			Unearned Restricted Stock			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income			Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance at March 31, 2002	$	149	$	104,920		$	(12,536	)	$	(6,514	)	$	(414	)	$	(13,994	)	$	71,611
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss 2003		—		—			(14,011	)		—			—			—			(14,011	)
Change in foreign currency Translation adjustment		—		—			—			—			—			7,453			7,453
Net unrealized loss on investments, net of tax benefit of $1,564		—		—			—			—			—			(2,411	)		(2,411	)
Net change in unrealized loss on derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax of $155		—		—			—			—			—			233			233
Change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax benefit of $7,115		—		—			—			—			—			(10,671	)		(10,671	)
Total comprehensive loss																			(19,407	)
Earned 61,003 ESOP shares		—		(464	)		—			805			—			—			341
Earned portion and adjustment of restricted shares		—		(44	)		—			—			206			—			162
Balance at March 31, 2003	$	149	$	104,412		$	(26,547	)	$	(5,709	)	$	(208	)	$	(19,390	)	$	52,707
Comprehensive income:
Net income 2004		—		—			1,193			—			—			—			1,193
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—			—			—			—			6,389			6,389
Net unrealized gain on investments, net of tax of $918		—		—			—			—			—			1,706			1,706
Net change in unrealized loss on derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax of $127		—		—			—			—			—			191			191
Change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $352		—		—			—			—			—			528			528
Total comprehensive income																			10,007
Earned 37,049 ESOP shares		—		(393	)		—			593			—			—			200
Earned portion and adjustment of restricted shares		—		(105	)		—			—			169			—			64
Balance at March 31, 2004	$	149	$	103,914		$	(25,354	)	$	(5,116	)	$	(39	)	$	(10,576	)	$	62,978
Comprehensive income:
Net income 2005		—		—			16,710			—			—			—			16,710
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—			—			—			—			2,830			2,830
Net unrealized loss on investments, net of tax benefit of $70		—		—			—			—			—			(131	)		(131	)
Change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax benefit of $27		—		—			—			—			—			(1,379	)		(1,379	)
Total comprehensive income																			18,030
Earned 35,108 ESOP shares		—		(266	)		—			562			—			—			296
Stock options exercised, 52,000 shares		—		428			—			—			—			—			428
Earned portion of restricted shares		—		2			—			—			33			—			35
Balance at March 31, 2005	$	149	$	104,078		$	(8,644	)	$	(4,554	)	$	(6	)	$	(9,256	)	$	81,767

See accompanying notes.

F-5

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
	(In thousands)
Operating activities:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	16,067		$	1,193		$	(6,011	)
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		9,171			10,126			14,803
Deferred income taxes		(971	)		6,413			(713	)
Loss on divestitures		330			3,875			1,357
Gain on sale of real estate/investments		(4,632	)		(5,143	)		(1,949	)
Loss (gain) on early retirement of 2008 bonds		40			(5,590	)		—
Amortization/write-off of deferred financing costs		1,575			6,613			3,696
Other		—			67			(1,045	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of effects of business divestitures:
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		(6,896	)		1,140			(1,214	)
Inventories		(6,834	)		8,351			11,379
Prepaid expenses		1,796			(1,332	)		(2,891	)
Other assets		10			(181	)		3,915
Trade accounts payable		3,192			(976	)		(4,820	)
Accrued and non-current liabilities		4,313			1,813			(2,328	)
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations		17,161			26,369			14,179
Investing activities:
Sale (purchase) of marketable securities, net		1,314			110			(672	)
Capital expenditures		(5,925	)		(3,619	)		(5,040	)
Proceeds from sale of businesses and surplus real estate		6,742			4,015			17,262
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment		—			387			—
Proceeds from net assets held for sale		375			3,376			4,418
Net cash provided by investing activities of continuing operations		2,506			4,269			15,968
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		428			—			—
Payments under revolving line-of-credit agreements		(345,664	)		(332,218	)		(282,211	)
Borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		344,541			325,326			249,081
Repayment of debt		(21,745	)		(125,764	)		(1,395	)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		—			115,000			—
Payment of deferred financing costs		(24	)		(4,432	)		(8,188	)
Change in ESOP debt guarantee		562			593			805
Net cash used in financing activities of continuing operations		(21,902	)		(21,495	)		(41,908	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(30	)		15			132
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations		(2,265	)		9,158			(11,629	)
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		643			—			504
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(1,622	)		9,158			(11,125	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		11,101			1,943			13,068
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	9,479		$	11,101		$	1,943
Supplementary cash flows data:
Interest paid	$	28,133		$	30,002		$	30,867
Income taxes paid (received), net	$	2,029		$	(9,683	)	$	(4,197	)

See accompanying notes.

F-6

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(tabular amounts in thousands, except share data)

1. Description of Business

Columbus McKinnon Corporation (the Company) is a leading U.S. designer and manufacturer of material handling products, systems and services which efficiently and ergonomically move, lift, position and secure material. Key products include hoists, cranes, chain and forged attachments. The Company’s material handling products are sold, domestically and internationally, principally to third party distributors through diverse distribution channels, and to a lesser extent directly to end-users. The Company’s integrated material handling solutions businesses deal primarily with end users and sales are concentrated, domestically and internationally (primarily Europe), in the consumer products, manufacturing, warehousing and, to a lesser extent, the steel, construction, automotive and other industrial markets. During fiscal 2005, approximately 63% of sales were to customers in the United States.

2. Accounting Principles and Practices

Advertising

Costs associated with advertising are expensed in the year incurred and are included in selling expense in the statement of operations. Advertising expenses were $2,521,000, $2,406,000, and $2,932,000 in fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers as cash equivalents all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Concentrations of Labor

Approximately 22% of the Company’s employees are represented by seven separate domestic and Canadian collective bargaining agreements which terminate at various times between September 2005 and March 2008. Approximately 3% of the labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year.

Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries; all significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Derivatives and Financial Instruments

Derivative instruments held by the Company that have high correlation with the underlying exposure and are highly effective in offsetting underlying price movements are designated as hedges. Accordingly, gains and losses from changes in derivatives fair values are deferred until the underlying transaction occurs at which point they are then recognized in the statement of operations. When derivatives are not designated as hedges, the gains and losses from changes in fair value are recorded currently in the statement of operations. All derivatives are carried at fair value in the balance sheet. The fair values of derivatives are determined by reference to quoted market prices. The Company’s use of derivative instruments has historically been limited to cash flow hedges of certain interest rate risks.

The carrying value of the Company’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their fair values based upon the relatively short maturity of those instruments. For the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities and debt instruments, see Notes 6 and 10, respectively.

F-7

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Foreign Currency Translations

The Company translates foreign currency financial statements as described in Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) No. 52. Under this method, all items of income and expense are translated to U.S. dollars at average exchange rates for the year. All assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at the year-end exchange rate. Gains or losses on translations are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the shareholders’ equity section of the balance sheet. The functional currency is the foreign currency in which the foreign subsidiaries conduct their business. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are reported in other income, net. There was an approximate $0.2 million gain and $0.6 million and $0.8 million losses on transactions with foreign subsidiaries in fiscal 2005, 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively.

Goodwill

On April 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which requires that goodwill no longer be amortized, but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, at the reporting unit level. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination are amortized over their useful lives unless their useful lives are indefinite, in which case those intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and not amortized until their lives are determined to be finite.

Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The Company’s reporting units are determined based upon whether discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed, whether those units constitute a business, and the extent of economic similarities between those reporting units for purposes of aggregation. As a result of this analysis, the reporting units identified under SFAS No. 142 were at the component level, or one level below the reporting segment level as defined under SFAS No. 131. The Products segment was subdivided into three reporting units and the Solutions segment was subdivided into two reporting units. As a result of adopting SFAS No. 142, the Company ceased amortization of goodwill beginning April 1, 2002. See Note 8 for further discussion of goodwill and intangible assets.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost of approximately 57% of inventories at March 31, 2005 (55% in 2004) has been determined using the LIFO (last-in, first-out) method. Costs of other inventories have been determined using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) or average cost method. FIFO cost approximates replacement cost.

Marketable Securities

All of the Company’s marketable securities, which consist of equity securities and corporate and governmental obligations, have been classified as available-for-sale securities and are therefore recorded at their fair values with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity unless unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary. In such instance, the unrealized losses are reported in the statement of operations within other income and expense, net. Estimated fair value is based on published trading values at the balance sheet dates. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividend income are included in other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-8

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The marketable securities are carried as long-term assets since they are held for the settlement of the Company’s general and products liability insurance claims filed through CM Insurance Company, Inc., a wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary.

Net Assets Held for Sale

At March 31, 2005 and 2004, net assets held for sale includes $0 and $2,790,000, respectively. During fiscal 2005, one property was sold at a gain of $2,586,000 which is included under the caption other income, net. Another property was reclassified as held and used in accordance with FAS No. 144, based on the determination that the sale of the property is not expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives (buildings and building equipment—15 to 40 years; machinery and equipment—3 to 18 years). When depreciable assets are retired, or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating results.

Reclassification

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Related Party Transactions

The Company entered into a consulting agreement with the Chairman of the Board of Directors on October 1, 2002. The agreement provided compensation at a monthly rate of $23,750 through January 2003, at which point the arrangement was terminated.

Research and Development

Research and development costs as defined in FAS No. 2, for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $1,289,000, $1,625,000 and $1,239,000, respectively and are classified as general and administrative expense in the statement of operations.

Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk

Sales are recorded when title passes to the customer which is generally at time of shipment to the customer, except for long-term construction contracts as described below. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition, but generally does not require collateral to support customer receivables. The credit risk is controlled through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. Accounts receivable are reported at net realizable value and do not accrue interest. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other factors. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts once all collection efforts have been exhausted. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return product. However, sales returns are permitted in specific situations and typically include a restocking charge or the purchase of additional product. The Company has established an allowance for returns based upon historical trends.

The Company recognizes contract revenues under the percentage of completion method, measured by comparing direct costs incurred to total estimated direct costs. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. In the event that a loss is

F-9

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

anticipated on an uncompleted contract, a provision for the estimated loss is made at the time it is determined. Billings on contracts may precede or lag revenues earned, and such differences are reported in the balance sheet as current liabilities (accrued liabilities) and current assets (unbilled revenues), respectively.

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

On January 28, 2005, the Company sold its corporate headquarters property and has entered into a leaseback for a portion of the facility under a 10-year lease agreement. Net proceeds to the Company for the sale of the property were approximately $2.7 million and the gain on the transaction was $2.2 million. Of the total gain, $1.0 million was recognized in 2005 under the caption other income, and $1.2 million was deferred and will be recognized as income over the 10-year leaseback period. Additionally, $0.5 million of non-cash value (rent abatement) will be recognized on a straight-line basis as lower operating expenses over the 10-year leaseback period.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are a component of cost of products sold.

Stock-Based Compensation

At March 31, 2005, the Company has two stock-based employee compensation plans in effect, which are described more fully in Note 14. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25) and related Interpretations. No stock based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and the number of options granted was fixed. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Net income (loss), as reported	$	16,710		$	1,193		$	(14,011	)
Deduct: Total stock based employee compensation expenses determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects		(1,135	)		(504	)		(1,019	)
Net income (loss), pro forma	$	15,575		$	689		$	(15,030	)
Basic income (loss) per share:
As reported	$	1.14		$	0.08		$	(0.97	)
Pro forma	$	1.07		$	0.05		$	(1.04	)
Diluted income (loss) per share:
As reported	$	1.13		$	0.08		$	(0.97	)
Pro forma	$	1.05		$	0.05		$	(1.04	)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-10

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Warranties

The Company offers warranties for certain of the products it sells. The specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary depending upon the product sold and the country in which the Company sold the product. The Company generally provides a basic limited warranty, including parts and labor for any product deemed to be defective for a period of one year. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty, based largely upon actual warranty repair costs history, and records a liability in the amount of such costs in the month that the product revenue is recognized. The resulting accrual balance is reviewed during the year. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rate of warranty claims, and cost per claim.

Changes in the Company’s product warranty accrual are as follows:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Balance at beginning of year	$	889		$	482
Accrual for warranties issued		2,475			2,634
Warranties settled		(2,532	)		(2,227	)
Balance at end of year	$	832		$	889

3. Discontinued Operations

In May 2002, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of Automatic Systems, Inc. (ASI). The ASI business was the principal business unit in the Company’s former Solutions—Automotive segment. The Company received $20,600,000 in cash and an 8% subordinated note in the principal amount of $6,800,000 which is payable at a rate of $214,000 per quarter over 8 years beginning August 2004. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the financial viability of the new organization, the note has been recorded at the estimated net realizable value of $0. Principal payments received on the note are recorded as income from discontinued operations at the time of receipt. All interest and principal payments required under the note have been made to date.

4. Unbilled Revenues and Excess Billings

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts	$	34,154	$	23,891
Estimated earnings		11,498		8,339
Revenues earned to date		45,652		32,230
Less billings to date		37,133		27,681
	$	8,519	$	4,549

The net amounts above are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the following captions:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Unbilled revenues	$	8,848		$	5,160
Accrued liabilities		(329	)		(611	)
	$	8,519		$	4,549

F-11

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

5. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
At cost—FIFO basis:
Raw materials	$	42,283		$	34,657
Work-in-process		10,238			10,169
Finished goods		35,800			31,205
		88,321			76,031
LIFO cost less than FIFO cost		(10,695	)		(6,912	)
Net inventories	$	77,626		$	69,119

6. Marketable Securities

Marketable securities are held for the settlement of the Company’s general and products liability insurance claims filed through the Company’s subsidiary, CM Insurance Company, Inc. (see Notes 2 and 15). On a quarterly basis, we review our marketable securities for declines in market value that may be considered other than temporary. We consider market value declines to be other than temporary if they are declines for a period longer than six months and in excess of 20% of original cost.

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2005:

	Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Government securities	$	7,967	$	251	$	—	$	8,218
Equity securities		14,751		2,076		430		16,397
	$	22,718	$	2,327	$	430	$	24,615

As of March 31, 2005, in accordance with FAS No. 115, the Company reduced the cost bases of certain equity securities since it was determined that the unrealized losses on those securities were other than temporary in nature. This determination resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax charge to earnings of $280,000 for the year ended March 31, 2005, classified within other income, net. The above schedule reflects the reduced cost bases.

The aggregate fair value of investments and unrealized losses on available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position at March 31, 2005 are as follows:

	Aggregate Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Equity securities in a loss position for less than 12 months	$	2,553	$	259
Equity securities in a loss position for more than 12 months		1,413		171
	$	3,966	$	430

The net gain or (loss) related to sales of marketable securities totaled $706,000 $1,861,000 and $(478,000) in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-12

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2004:

	Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Government securities	$	6,874	$	440	$	—	$	7,314
Equity securities		16,383		1,929		271		18,041
	$	23,257	$	2,369	$	271	$	25,355

As of March 31, 2004, in accordance with FAS No. 115, the Company reduced the cost bases of certain equity securities since it was determined that the unrealized losses on those securities were other than temporary in nature. This determination resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax charge to earnings of $110,000 and $2,189,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, classified within other income, net. The above schedule reflects the reduced cost bases.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt and equity securities at March 31, 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below:

	Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	3,706	$	3,704
Due in one to five years		1,287		1,326
Due in five to ten years		2,353		2,511
Due after ten years		621		677
		7,967		8,218
Equity securities		14,751		16,397
	$	22,718	$	24,615

Net unrealized gain included in the balance sheet amounted to $1,897,000 at March 31, 2005 and $2,098,000 at March 31, 2004. The amounts, net of related income taxes of $664,000 and $734,000 at March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity.

7. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Consolidated property, plant, and equipment of the Company consisted of the following:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Land and land improvements	$	5,183	$	5,554
Buildings		33,991		32,541
Machinery, equipment, and leasehold improvements		99,147		96,809
Construction in progress		2,089		1,509
		140,410		136,413
Less accumulated depreciation		83,173		77,640
Net property, plant, and equipment	$	57,237	$	58,773

Depreciation expense from continuing operations was $8,859,000, $9,743,000, and $10,557,000 for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-13

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

As discussed in Note 2, effective April 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which requires that goodwill no longer be amortized, but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, at the reporting unit level. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination are amortized over their useful lives unless their useful lives are indefinite, in which case those intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and not amortized until their lives are determined to be finite.

Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. The Company’s reporting units are determined based upon whether discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed, whether those units constitute a business, and the extent of economic similarities between those reporting units for purposes of aggregation. As a result of this analysis, the reporting units identified under SFAS No. 142 were at the component level, or one level below the reporting segment level as defined under SFAS No. 131. The Products segment was subdivided into three reporting units and the Solutions segment was subdivided into two reporting units.

Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 142 in the second quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company recorded a one-time, non-cash charge of $8,000,000 to reduce the carrying value of its goodwill as of April 1, 2002. Such charge is reflected as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The impairment charge was related to the Cranebuilder reporting unit in the Products segment and the Univeyor reporting unit in the Solutions segment. In relation to the initial adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill was allocated amongst the reporting units so that goodwill was allocated to the units that benefited from the acquisitions. The Company will record any future impairment charges as a component of operating income.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company performed its annual impairment review. Based on a decline in the performance of the Duff Norton Group reporting unit, operating profits and cash flows were lower than expected in Fiscal 2003. Based on that trend, the earnings forecast for the next five years was revised. The Company recorded a $4,000,000 charge for impairment related to our Duff Norton Group reporting unit. This was recorded as a component of operating income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as part of write-off/amortization of intangibles. The fair value of the Duff Norton Group reporting unit was estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows.

The impairment charge is non-cash in nature and did not affect the Company’s liquidity or result in non-compliance with respect to any debt covenants contained in the Company’s credit facilities.

No impairment charges were recorded during fiscal 2005 or 2004.

A summary of changes in goodwill during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 by business segment is as follows:

	Products			Solutions		Total
Balance at March 31, 2003	$	184,921		$	—	$	184,921
Currency translation		725			—		725
Divestitures		(652	)		—		(652	)
Balance at March 31, 2004	$	184,994		$	—	$	184,994
Currency translation		449			—		449
Balance at March 31, 2005	$	185,443		$	—	$	185,443

F-14

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

No reclassification of identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill was necessary as a result of adoption of SFAS No. 142.

Other intangibles, net consists of the following:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Intangible pension assets	$	1,537	$	1,320
Patents and other, net		305		428
Other intangibles, net	$	1,842	$	1,748

Only the patents and other, net is subject to amortization. Based on the current amount of patents and other, net, the estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five years is expected to be $108,000, $86,000, $60,000, $36,000, and $14,000, respectively.

9. Accrued Liabilities and Other Non-current Liabilities

Consolidated accrued liabilities of the Company consisted the following:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Accrued payroll	$	15,895	$	10,188
Accrued pension cost		4,325		7,869
Interest payable		8,097		8,970
Accrued workers compensation		6,093		5,220
Accrued income taxes payable		4,237		4,062
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation		2,100		2,250
Accrued health insurance		2,550		2,100
Other accrued liabilities		8,665		7,757
	$	51,962	$	48,416

Consolidated other non-current liabilities of the Company consisted the following:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation	$	5,273	$	5,840
Accrued general and product liability costs		16,094		15,930
Accrued pension cost		18,637		14,591
Other non-current liabilities		2,365		1,561
	$	42,369	$	37,922

F-15

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

10. Debt

Consolidated debt of the Company consisted of the following:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Revolving Credit Facility due March 31, 2007	$	—	$	—
Term Loan to be repaid April 29, 2005		5,819		7,821
10% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2010 with interest payable in semi-annual installments		115,000		115,000
Other senior debt		735		987
Total senior debt		121,554		123,808
8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 31, 2008 with interest payable in semi-annual installments at 8.45% effective rate, recorded net of unamortized discount of $127 ($169 at March 31, 2004)		144,548		164,131
Total		266,102		287,939
Less current portion		5,819		2,205
	$	260,283	$	285,734

On November 21, 2002, the Company refinanced its credit facilities. The arrangement consisted of a Revolving Credit Facility, a Term Loan, and a Senior Second Secured Term Loan. The Senior Second Secured Term Loan was refinanced as described below. On April 29, 2005, the Company amended its credit facilities. As a result of the amendment, the Term Loan was repaid in its entirety.

The Revolving Credit Facility was amended to provide availability up to a maximum of $65 million. Prior to the amendment, the Revolving Credit Facility provided availability up to a maximum of $50 million. Availability based on the underlying collateral at March 31, 2005 amounted to $50 million. The unused Revolving Credit Facility totaled $39.4 million, net of outstanding borrowings of $0.0 million and outstanding letters of credit of $10.6 million. Interest on the revolver is payable at varying Eurodollar rates based on LIBOR or prime plus a spread determined by the Company’s leverage ratio amounting to 225 or 100 basis points, respectively, at March, 31, 2005. Effective April 29, 2005, the amended credit facility would have interest payable at varying Eurodollar rates based on LIBOR or prime plus a spread determined by the Company’s leverage ratio amounting to 175 or 50 basis points, respectively, at March 31, 2005. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by all domestic inventory, receivables, equipment, real property, subsidiary stock (limited to 65% for foreign subsidiaries) and intellectual property.

On July 22, 2003, the Company issued $115 million of 10% Senior Secured Notes due August 1, 2010. Proceeds from this offering were used for the repayment in full of the Senior Second Secured Term Loan ($66.8 million), the repurchase of $35.7 million of Senior Subordinated Notes at a discount ($30.1 million), the repayment of a portion of the outstanding Revolving Credit Facility ($10.0 million), the repayment of a portion of the Term Loan ($3.9 million), the payment of financing costs ($2.8 million), and the payment of accrued interest ($1.4 million).

As noted above, the Senior Second Secured Term loan was repaid in its entirety on July 22, 2003. In accordance with the terms of the agreement, since the loan was repaid prior to the first anniversary date, the payment of certain accrued interest was waived. As a result, $1.1 million of accrued interest expense was reversed in fiscal 2004 and is reflected as a reduction of interest expense.

F-16

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The redemption in fiscal 2004 of the 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes occurred at a discount resulting in a $5.6 million pre-tax gain on early extinguishment of debt. As a result of the repayment of the Senior Second Secured Term Loan and a portion of the Term Loan and 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, $4.9 million of pre-tax deferred financing costs were written-off in fiscal 2004. The net effect of these two items, a $0.7 million pre-tax gain, is shown as part of other income, net.

The corresponding credit agreement associated with the Revolving Credit Facility places certain debt covenant restrictions on the Company, including certain financial requirements and a restriction on dividend payments, with which the Company was in compliance as of March 31, 2005.

From time to time, the Company manages its debt portfolio by using interest rate swaps to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rates. In June 2001, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert $40 million of variable-rate debt to fixed-rate debt, which matured in June 2003. This cash flow hedge was considered effective and the gain or loss on the change in fair value was reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

In August 2003, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to convert $93.5 million of fixed-rate debt (10%) to variable-rate debt (LIBOR plus 578.2 basis points) through August 2008 and $57.5 million from August 2008 through August 2010. This interest rate swap was considered an ineffective hedge and therefore the change in fair value was recognized in income as a gain. The swap was terminated in January 2004 and a pre-tax gain of $1.9 million was recognized as other income as a result of changes in the fair value of the swap.

Provisions of the 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes (8 ¹/2% Notes) include, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, asset sales, and dividends and other restricted payments. The 8 ¹/2% Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at prices declining annually from the Make-Whole Price (as defined in the 8 ¹/2% Notes agreement) to 100% on and after April 1, 2006. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture for such notes), each holder of the 8 ¹/2% Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s 8 ¹/2% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. The 8 ¹/2% Notes are guaranteed by certain existing and future domestic subsidiaries and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements.

Provisions of the 10% Senior Secured Notes (10% Notes) include, without limitation, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, asset sales, and dividends and other restricted payments. The 10% Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at prices declining annually from the Make-Whole Price (as defined in the 10% Notes agreement) to 100% on and after August 1, 2009. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture for such notes), each holder of the 10% Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s 10% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. The 10% Notes are guaranteed by certain existing and future domestic subsidiaries and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements. The 10% Notes are also secured, in a second lien position, by all domestic inventory, receivables, equipment, real property, subsidiary stock (limited to 65% for foreign subsidiaries) and intellectual property.

The carrying amount of the Company’s revolving credit facility and term loan approximates the fair value based on current market rates. The Company’s Senior Secured Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have an approximate fair market value of $122,187,000 and $143,952,000, respectively, based on quoted market prices, the total of which is more than their aggregate carrying amount of $259,548,000.

F-17

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The principal payments scheduled to be made as of March 31, 2005 on the above debt, for the next five annual periods subsequent thereto, are as follows (in thousands):

2006	$	5,819
2007		177
2008		144,699
2009		99
2010		36

11. Retirement Plans

The Company provides defined benefit pension plans to certain employees. The Company uses December 31 as the measurement date for all of its pension plans. The following provides a reconciliation of benefit obligation, plan assets, and funded status of the plans:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	110,865		$	96,562
Service cost		4,285			3,921
Interest cost		6,718			6,711
Actuarial loss		2,888			7,846
Benefits paid		(4,410	)		(4,248	)
Foreign exchange rate changes		288			73
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	120,634		$	110,865
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	80,564		$	65,428
Actual gain (loss) on plan assets		5,251			9,725
Employer contribution		9,673			9,597
Benefits paid		(4,411	)		(4,248	)
Foreign exchange rate changes		246			62
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	91,323		$	80,564
Funded status	$	(29,311	)	$	(30,301	)
Unrecognized actuarial loss		29,744			29,829
Unrecognized prior service cost		1,537			1,320
Net amount recognized	$	1,970		$	848

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Intangible asset	$	1,537		$	1,320
Accrued liabilities		(4,325	)		(7,869	)
Other non-current liabilities		(18,637	)		(14,591	)
Deferred tax effect of accumulated other comprehensive loss		8,823			8,795
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		14,572			13,193
Net amount recognized	$	1,970		$	848

F-18

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net periodic pension cost included the following components:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Service costs—benefits earned during the period	$	4,285		$	3,921		$	3,760
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		6,719			6,711			6,294
Expected return on plan assets		(6,666	)		(5,404	)		(6,026	)
Net amortization		4,033			1,978			299
Net periodic pension cost	$	8,371		$	7,206		$	4,327

The fiscal 2005 pension expense includes a one-time, non-cash charge of $2,037,000 relating to a defined benefit plan at one of our foreign operations.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans was $113,486,000 and $102,528,000 as of March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Information for pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Projected benefit obligation	$	120,634	$	110,865
Fair value of plan assets		91,323		80,564

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

	March 31,
	2005		2004
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	113,486	$	102,528
Fair value of plan assets		91,323		80,564

Unrecognized gains and losses are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants.

The weighted-average assumptions in the following table represent the rates used to develop the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation for the year listed and also net periodic pension cost for the following year (with the exception of the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2006 as noted below):

	March 31,
	2005		2004		2003		2002
Discount rate	6.00	%	6.25	%	6.75	%	7.25	%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	8.25		8.40		8.50		8.88
Rate of compensation increase	4.00		4.00		4.00		4.00

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for determination of the net periodic pension cost for fiscal 2006 will be 7.5%. The expected rate of return on plan asset assumptions are determined considering historical averages and real returns on each asset class.

F-19

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s retirement plan target and actual asset allocations are as follows:

	March 31,
	Target		Actual
	2006		2005		2004
Equity securities	70	%	55	%	55	%
Fixed income	30		45		45
Total plan assets	100	%	100	%	100	%

The Company has an investment objective for domestic pension plans to adequately provide for both the growth and liquidity needed to support all current and future benefit payment obligations. The investment strategy is to invest in a diversified portfolio of assets which are expected to satisfy the aforementioned objective and produce both absolute and risk adjusted returns competitive with a benchmark that is a blend of the S&P 500 and an aggregate bond fund. The shift to the targeted allocation is the result of management’s re-evaluation of its investment allocation. The targeted allocation will be accomplished as some plan assets governed by collective bargaining contracts to be transferred from fixed income into equity securities, as well as reallocation of remaining assets to achieve the desired balance during fiscal 2006.

The Company’s funding policy with respect to the defined benefit pension plans is to contribute annually at least the minimum amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). Additional contributions may be made to minimize PBGC premiums. The Company expects to contribute $4,491,000 to its pension plans in fiscal 2006.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s defined benefit plans is as follows:

2006	$	4,692
2007		5,010
2008		6,265
2009		5,977
2010		6,541
2011-2015		42,592

The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans covering substantially all domestic employees. Participants may elect to contribute basic contributions. These plans provide for employer contributions based primarily on employee participation. The Company recorded a charge for such contributions of approximately $673,000, $635,000 and $1,430,000 for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

12. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

The AICPA Statement of Position 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” requires that compensation expense for ESOP shares be measured based on the fair value of those shares when committed to be released to employees, rather than based on their original cost. Also, dividends on those ESOP shares that have not been allocated or committed to be released to ESOP participants are not reflected as a reduction of retained earnings. Rather, since those dividends are used for debt service, a charge to compensation expense is recorded. Furthermore, ESOP shares that have not been allocated or committed to be released are not considered outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

The obligation of the ESOP to repay borrowings incurred to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock is guaranteed by the Company; the unpaid balance of such borrowings, if any, would be reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as a liability. An amount equivalent to the cost of the collateralized common stock and representing deferred employee benefits has been recorded as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

F-20

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are participants in the ESOP. Contributions to the plan result from the release of collateralized shares as debt service payments are made. Compensation expense amounting to $296,000, $200,000 and $341,000 in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, is recorded based on the guaranteed release of the ESOP shares at their fair market value. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares, if any, are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings and are applied toward debt service.

At March 31, 2005 and 2004, 795,791 and 836,949 of ESOP shares, respectively, were allocated or available to be allocated to participants’ accounts. At March 31, 2005 and 2004, 284,695 and 319,802 of ESOP shares were pledged as collateral to guarantee the ESOP term loans.

The fair market value of unearned ESOP shares at March 31, 2005 amounted to $3,878,000.

13. Postretirement Benefit Obligation

The Company sponsors defined benefit postretirement health care plans that provide medical and life insurance coverage to certain domestic retirees and their dependents of one of its subsidiaries. Prior to the acquisition of this subsidiary, the Company did not sponsor any postretirement benefit plans. The Company pays the majority of the medical costs for certain retirees and their spouses who are under age 65. For retirees and dependents of retirees who retired prior to January 1, 1989, and are age 65 or over, the Company contributes 100% toward the American Association of Retired Persons (“AARP”) premium frozen at the 1992 level. For retirees and dependents of retirees who retired after January 1, 1989, the Company contributes $35 per month toward the AARP premium. The life insurance plan is noncontributory.

On December 8, 2003, Congress passed the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“Medicare Act”). In March 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No FAS 106-2 “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“FSP No 106-2”),” which provides accounting guidance on how to account for the effects of the Medicare Act on postretirement plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Medicare Act also requires certain disclosures regarding the effect of the subsidy provided by the Medicare Act. Additionally, FSP 106-2 provides two transition methods—retroactive to the date of enactment or prospective from the date of adoption. The Company elected to adopt FAS 106-2 and apply the prospective transition method in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. The accumulated post retirement benefit obligation decreased $2,339,000 as of July 4, 2004 and net periodic postretirement benefit cost decreased by $225,000 for fiscal 2005.

F-21

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s postretirement health benefit plans are not funded. In accordance with FAS No. 132 “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” the following sets forth a reconciliation of benefit obligations and the funded status of the plan:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	15,984		$	13,800
Service cost		17			11
Interest cost		834			869
Amendment		(2,339	)		—
Actuarial loss		460			3,692
Benefits paid		(2,029	)		(2,388	)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	12,927		$	15,984
Funded status	$	(12,927	)	$	(15,984	)
Unrecognized actuarial loss		5,554			7,894
Net amount recognized in accrued and other non-current liabilities	$	(7,373	)	$	(8,090	)

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004			2003
Service cost—benefits attributed to service during the period	$	17	$	11		$	13
Interest cost		834		869			832
Amortization of prior service gain		—		(153	)		(154	)
Amortization of plan net losses		460		643			209
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost	$	1,311	$	1,370		$	900

For measurement purposes, healthcare costs were assumed to increase 9 ³/4% in fiscal 2006, grading down over time to 5% in seven years. The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 6.00% and 6.25% as of March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s postretirement health benefit plans is as follows:

2006	$	1,822
2007		1,683
2008		1,588
2009		1,441
2010		1,311
2011-2015		5,503

Assumed medical claims cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

	One Percentage Point Increase		One Percentage Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	$	42	$	(43	)
Effect on postretirement obligation		591		(539	)

F-22

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

14. Earnings per Share and Stock Plans

Earnings per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings per Share” (FAS No. 128). Basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share includes any dilutive effects of stock options. The effect of dilutive employee stock options has not been included for the year ended March 31, 2003 since this would be antidilutive as a result of the Company’s net losses.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	16,067	$	1,193	$	(6,011	)
Income from discontinued operations		643		—		—
Loss from cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		—		—		(8,000	)
Net income (loss)	$	16,710	$	1,193	$	(14,011	)
Denominators:
Weighted-average common stock outstanding—denominator for basic EPS		14,594		14,553		14,496
Effect of dilutive employee stock options		209		1		—
Adjusted weighted-average common stock outstanding and assumed conversions—denominator for diluted EPS		14,803		14,554		14,496

The weighted-average common stock outstanding shown above is net of unallocated ESOP shares (see Note 12).

Stock Plans

The Company maintains two stock option plans, a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (Non-Qualified Plan) and an Incentive Stock Option Plan (Incentive Plan). Under the Non-Qualified Plan, options may be granted to officers and other key employees of the Company as well as to non-employee directors and advisors. As of March 31, 2005, no options have been granted to non-employees. Options granted under the Non-Qualified and Incentive Plans become exercisable over a four-year period at the rate of 25% per year commencing one year from the date of grant at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Any option granted under the Non-Qualified plan may be exercised not earlier than one year from the date such option is granted. Any option granted under the Incentive Plan may be exercised not earlier than one year and not later than 10 years from the date such option is granted.

F-23

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

A summary of option transactions during each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2005 is as follows:

	Shares		Weighted-average Exercise Price
Balance at March 31, 2002	1,406,160		$	14.34
Cancelled	(94,410	)		18.31
Balance at March 31, 2003	1,311,750		$	14.05
Granted	45,000			6.92
Cancelled	(126,900	)		14.28
Balance at March 31, 2004	1,229,850		$	13.77
Granted	741,500			6.41
Exercised	(52,000	)		8.25
Cancelled	(116,550	)		13.82
Balance at March 31, 2005	1,802,800		$	10.89

A summary of exercisable and available for grant options is as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005	2004	2003
Exercisable at end of year	926,050	851,425	653,887
Available for grant at end of year	127,700	752,650	670,750

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of March 31, 2005, ranged from $5.46 to $29.00. The following table provides certain information with respect to stock options outstanding at March 31, 2005:

Range of Exercise Prices	Stock Options Outstanding	Weighted-average Exercise Price		Weighted-average Remaining Contractual Life
Up to $10.00	1,236,450	$	7.63	7.9
$10.01 to $20.00.	261,750		14.51	4.8
$20.01 to $30.00	304,600		21.02	4.0
	1,802,800	$	10.89	6.8

The following table provides certain information with respect to stock options exercisable at March 31, 2005:

Range of Exercise Prices	Stock Options Outstanding	Weighted-average Exercise Price
Up to $10.00	442,200	$	9.88
$10.01 to $20.00.	179,250		14.89
$20.01 to $30.00	304,600		21.02
	926,050	$	14.51

The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25) in accounting for its employee stock options because, as discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,”

F-24

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

requires use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date and the number of options granted is fixed, no compensation expense is recognized.

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FAS No. 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value method of that Statement. The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting period. No options were granted in fiscal 2003. The fair value for issued options in fiscal 2005 and 2004 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended March 31, 2005	Year Ended March 31, 2004
Assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate	4.9%	4.5%
Dividend yield—Incentive Plan	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility factor	0.569	0.567
Expected life—Incentive Plan	5 years	5 years

The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2005 and 2004 was $3.45 and $3.68 per share, respectively.

The Company maintains a Restricted Stock Plan, under which the Company had 49,000 shares reserved for issuance at March 31, 2005 and 2004. The Company charges unearned compensation, a component of shareholders’ equity, for the market value of shares, as they are issued. It is then ratably amortized over the restricted period. Grantees who remain continuously employed with the Company become vested in their shares five years after the date of the grant. There were 1,000 shares issued during the year ended March 31, 2003. No shares were issued during the years ended March 31, 2005 or 2004.

15. Loss Contingencies

General and Product Liability—$15,984,000 of the accrued general and product liability costs which are included in other non-current liabilities at March 31, 2005 ($15,810,000 at March 31, 2004) are the actuarial present value of estimated reserves based on an amount determined from loss reports and individual cases filed with the Company and an amount, based on experience, for losses incurred but not reported. The accrual in these consolidated financial statements was determined by applying a discount factor based on interest rates customarily used in the insurance industry, between 4.82% and 8.37%, to the undiscounted reserves of $19,543,000 and $19,535,000 at March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. This liability is funded by investments in marketable securities (see Notes 2 and 6).

F-25

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for accrued general and product liability:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Accrued general and product liability, beginning of year	$	15,930		$	14,439		$	16,013
Add provision for claims		5,780			5,398			447
Deduct payments for claims		(5,616	)		(3,907	)		(2,021	)
Accrued general and product liability, end of year	$	16,094		$	15,930		$	14,439

The per occurrence limits on our self-insurance for general and product liability coverage to Columbus McKinnon were $2,000,000 from inception through fiscal 2003 and $3,000,000 for fiscal 2004 and thereafter. In addition to the per occurrence limits, the Company’s coverage is also subject to an annual aggregate limit, applicable to losses only. These limits range from $2,000,000 to $6,000,000 for each policy year from inception through fiscal 2005.

Along with other manufacturing companies, we are subject to various federal, state and local laws relating to the protection of the environment. To address the requirements of such laws, we have adopted a corporate environmental protection policy which provides that all of our owned or leased facilities shall, and all of our employees have the duty to, comply with all applicable environmental regulatory standards, and we have initiated an environmental auditing program for our facilities to ensure compliance with such regulatory standards. We have also established managerial responsibilities and internal communication channels for dealing with environmental compliance issues that may arise in the course of our business. Because of the complexity and changing nature of environmental regulatory standards, it is possible that situations will arise from time to time requiring us to incur expenditures in order to ensure environmental regulatory compliance. However, we are not aware of any environmental condition or any operation at any of our facilities, either individually or in the aggregate, which would cause expenditures having a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows and, accordingly, have not budgeted any material capital expenditures for environmental compliance for fiscal 2006.

Like many industrial manufacturers, the Company is involved in asbestos-related litigation. In continually evaluating its estimated asbestos-related liability, the Company reviews, among other things, the incidence of past and recent claims, the historical case dismissal rate, the mix of the claimed illnesses and occupations of the plaintiffs, its recent and historical resolution of the cases, the number of cases pending against it, the status and results of broad-based settlement discussions, and the number of years such activity might continue. Based on this review, the Company has estimated its share of liability to defend and resolve probable asbestos-related personal injury claims. This estimate is highly uncertain due to the limitations of the available data and the difficulty of forecasting with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect the range of the liability. The Company will continue to study the variables in light of additional information in order to identify trends that may become evident and to assess their impact on the range of liability that is probable and estimable.

Based on actuarial information, the Company has estimated its asbestos-related aggregate liability through March 31, 2030 and March 31, 2081 to range between $4,200,000 and $16,700,000. The Company’s estimation of its asbestos-related aggregate liability that is probable and estimable is through March 31, 2030 and ranges from $4,200,000 to $5,500,000 as of March 31, 2005. The range of probable and estimable liability reflects uncertainty in the number of future claims that will be filed and the cost to resolve those claims, which may be influenced by a number of factors, including the outcome of the ongoing broad-based settlement negotiations, defensive strategies, and the cost to resolve claims outside the broad-based settlement program. Based on the

F-26

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

underlying actuarial information, the Company has reflected $4,800,000 as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The increase in the recorded liability from the amount of $3,000,000 at March 31, 2004 is due to a change in actuarial parameters used to calculate required asbestos liability reserve levels. The recorded liability does not consider the impact of any potential favorable federal legislation such as the “FAIR Act”. Of this amount, management expects to incur asbestos liability payments of approximately $220,000 over the next 12 months. Because payment of the liability is likely to extend over many years, management believes that the potential additional costs for claims will not have a material after-tax effect on the financial condition of the Company or its liquidity, although the net after-tax effect of any future liabilities recorded could be material to earnings in a future period.

16. Restructuring Charges

The Company has analyzed its global capacity requirements and, as a result, began a series of facility rationalization projects in early fiscal 2002. The decision to close or significantly reorganize the facilities identified was based upon the cost structure of those facilities relative to others within the Company. Production operations were transferred to other facilities within the same reporting segment, to better utilize their available capacity.

During fiscal 2005, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $910,000 related to various employee termination benefits and facility costs as a result of the continued closure, merging and reorganization of the Company. $600,000 and $300,000 of these costs are related to the Products and Solutions segments, respectively. The charges primarily relate to the maintenance of facilities being expensed on an as incurred basis in accordance with SFA No. 146 “Accounting for the Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” As of March 31, 2005, the liability primarily consists of costs associated with the preparation and maintenance of a non-operating facility prior to disposal which were accrued prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 146. The Company has one facility that is completely closed and prepared for disposal. Due to changes in the real estate market and a reassessment of the fair value of the property, the asset was written-down by $300,000 during fiscal 2005. As a result of the uncertainty surrounding the ability to complete a sale within the next twelve months, it has also been reclassified from an asset held for sale to an asset held and used.

During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $1,239,000 related to various employee termination benefits and facility costs as a result of the continued closure, merging and reorganization of the Company and completion of the two open projects from fiscal 2003. $800,000 and $400,000 of these costs are related to the Products and Solutions segments, respectively. Approximately 130 employees were terminated at the various facilities. As of March 31, 2004, the liability consisted of severance payments and costs associated with the preparation and maintenance of non-operating facilities prior to disposal which were accrued prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.”

During fiscal 2003, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $3,697,000 related to various employee termination benefits and facility costs as a result of the decision to close, merge or significantly reorganize five manufacturing facilities. Three of the five projects were completed as planned in the fourth quarter of 2003 while two others were completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. All of these costs are related to the Products segment, with the exception of approximately $100,000. Approximately 215 employees were to be terminated at the various facilities. As of March 31, 2003, approximately one half of the terminations had occurred with the remaining terminations completed in fiscal 2004. The liability as of March 31, 2003 consisted of severance payments and costs associated with the preparation and maintenance of non-operating facilities prior to disposal which were accrued prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”.

F-27

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following provides a reconciliation of the activity related to restructuring reserves:

	Employee			Facility			Total
Reserve at March 31, 2002		650			299			949
Fiscal 2003 restructuring charges		1,789			1,908			3,697
Cash payments		(1,517	)		(298	)		(1,815	)
Write-down of non-operating property		—			(500	)		(500	)
Reserve at March 31, 2003	$	922		$	1,409		$	2,331
Fiscal 2004 restructuring charges		1,005			234			1,239
Cash payments		(1,766	)		(1,243	)		(3,009	)
Reserve at March 31, 2004	$	161		$	400		$	561
Fiscal 2005 restructuring charges		81			829			910
Cash payments		(226	)		(801	)		(1,027	)
Write-down of non-operating property		—			(300	)		(300	)
Reserve at March 31, 2005	$	16		$	128		$	144

17. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change. The sources and tax effects of the difference were as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Expected tax at 35%	$	6,617		$	1,821		$	(1,568	)
State income taxes net of federal benefit		363			614			715
Nondeductible goodwill write-off/amortization		—			—			1,398
Foreign taxes (less) greater than statutory provision		(579	)		905			632
Benefit of worthless stock deduction		—			(44,815	)		—
Research and development credit		—			(1,058	)		—
Valuation allowance		(4,435	)		46,974			1,249
Other		230			(432	)		(894	)
Actual tax provision	$	2,196		$	4,009		$	1,532

The provision for income tax expense consisted of the following:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Current income tax expense (benefit):
United States Federal	$	(426	)	$	147		$	(6,148	)
State taxes		559			928			1,099
Foreign		3,034			2,779			1,083
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
United States		—			880			5,715
Foreign		(971	)		(725	)		(217	)
	$	2,196		$	4,009		$	1,532

F-28

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company applies the liability method of accounting for income taxes as required by FAS Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	34,292		$	39,741
Employee benefit plans		7,929			9,629
Asset reserves		2,596			2,835
Insurance reserves		6,558			5,022
Accrued vacation and incentive costs		2,077			2,090
Capital loss carryforwards		708			869
Other		6,543			4,607
Valuation allowance		(43,788	)		(48,223	)
Gross deferred tax assets		16,915			16,570
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventory reserves		(3,050	)		(3,577	)
Property, plant, and equipment		(4,321	)		(4,908	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(7,371	)		(8,485	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	9,544		$	8,085

As of March 31, 2005, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $97,977,000 and capital loss carryforwards of $2,024,000. The net operating loss carryforwards arose in fiscal 2004 primarily as a result of a worthless stock deduction taken on the Company’s March 31, 2003 federal income tax return relating to the sale of substantially all of the assets of a domestic subsidiary. If not utilized, these carryforwards will expire in fiscal years 2023 and 2024. The capital losses arose from $1,119,000 of losses on the sale of the Company’s marketable securities and a $905,000 loss on the disposition of a subsidiary. Capital loss carryforwards of $1,010,000, $972,000, and $42,000 expire at March 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.

A valuation allowance of $43,788,000 was recorded at March 31, 2005 due to the uncertainly of whether the Company’s operating loss carryforwards, deferred tax assets and capital loss carryforwards may ultimately be realized

Deferred income taxes are classified within the consolidated balance sheets based on the following breakdown:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Net current deferred tax asset	$	4,977		$	3,662
Net non-current deferred tax asset		6,122			6,388
Net current deferred tax liability		(816	)		(671	)
Net non-current deferred tax liability		(739	)		(1,294	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	9,544		$	8,085

The net current deferred tax asset, net current deferred tax liability, and net non-current deferred tax liability are included in prepaid expenses, accrued liabilities, and other non-current liabilities, respectively.

F-29

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Income before income tax expense and cumulative effect of accounting change includes foreign subsidiary income of $8,588,000, $3,687,000 and $649,000 for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. As of March 31, 2005, the Company had unrecognized deferred tax liabilities related to approximately $15 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings are considered to be permanently invested in operations outside the United States. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable.

The Company is in the process of reviewing the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. The American Jobs Creation Act has no material impact on the operations of the Company for fiscal year 2005 and is expected to have no material impact on the operations of the Company for fiscal year 2006, as the Company does not intend at this time to repatriate earnings to the United States from foreign countries.

18. Rental Expense and Lease Commitments

Rental expense for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $3,718,000, $3,594,000, and $3,109,000, respectively. The following amounts represent future minimum payment commitments as of March 31, 2005 under non-cancelable operating leases extending beyond one year:

Year Ended March 31,	Real Property		Vehicles and Equipment		Total
2006	$	1,312	$	2,212	$	3,524
2007		1,015		1,928		2,943
2008		1,027		1,326		2,353
2009		994		867		1,861
2010		893		671		1,564

F-30

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

19. Summary Financial Information

The following information sets forth the condensed consolidating summary financial information of the parent and guarantors, which guarantee the 10% Senior Secured Notes and the 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, and the nonguarantors. The guarantors are wholly owned and the guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several.

As of and for the year ended March 31, 2005:

	Parent			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
	(In thousands)
As of March 31, 2005:
Current assets:
Cash	$	1,019		$	(697	)	$	9,157		$	—		$	9,479
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		57,707			197			39,918			—			97,822
Inventories		33,651			18,919			26,028			(972	)		77,626
Net assets held for sale		—			—			—			—			—
Prepaid expenses		7,297			973			5,928			—			14,198
Total current assets		99,674			19,392			81,031			(972	)		199,125
Net property, plant, and equipment		25,107			12,847			19,283			—			57,237
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		90,027			57,287			39,971			—			187,285
Intercompany balances		98,964			(102,189	)		(70,216	)		73,441			—
Other non-current assets		55,396			197,864			24,159			(240,195	)		37,224
Total assets	$	369,168		$	185,201		$	94,228		$	(167,726	)	$	480,871
Current liabilities	$	50,323		$	14,450		$	33,153		$	(1,474	)	$	96,452
Long-term debt, less current portion		259,520			—			763			—			260,283
Other non-current liabilities		7,898			8,199			26,272			—			42,369
Total liabilities		317,741			22,649			60,188			(1,474	)		399,104
Shareholders’ equity		51,427			162,552			34,040			(166,252	)		81,767
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	369,168		$	185,201		$	94,228		$	(167,726	)	$	480,871
For the Year Ended March 31, 2005:
Net sales	$	245,166		$	141,324		$	151,741		$	(23,479	)	$	514,752
Cost of products sold		188,499			110,455			113,369			(23,479	)		388,844
Gross profit		56,667			30,869			38,372			—			125,908
Selling, general and administrative expenses		34,290			18,957			30,774			—			84,021
Restructuring charges		782			—			128			—			910
Amortization of intangibles		242			3			67			—			312
Income from operations		21,353			11,909			7,403			—			40,665
Interest and debt expense		23,916			3,378			326			—			27,620
Other income, net		(1,562	)		(2,560	)		(1,096	)		—			(5,218	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income tax (benefit) expense		(1,001	)		11,091			8,173			—			18,263
Income tax (benefit) expense		(1,424	)		1,487			2,133			—			2,196
Income from continuous operations		423			9,604			6,040			—			16,067
Income from discontinued operations		643			—			—			—			643
Net income	$	1,066		$	9,604		$	6,040		$	—		$	16,710

F-31

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

	Parent			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the Year Ended March 31, 2005:
Operating activities:
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(54,146	)	$	64,479		$	6,828		$	—		$	17,161
Investing activities:
Proceeds from marketable securities, net		705			—			609			—			1,314
Capital expenditures		(3,718	)		(610	)		(1,597	)		—			(5,925	)
Proceeds from sale of businesses and surplus real estate		3,439			3,303			—			—			6,742
Net assets held for sale		—			375			—			—			375
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		426			3,068			(988	)		—			2,506
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		428			—			—			—			428
Net (payments) borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		(219	)		—			(904	)		—			(1,123	)
Repayment of debt		(21,666	)		—			(79	)		—			(21,745	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		(24	)		—			—			—			(24	)
Dividends paid		68,168			(68,000	)		(168	)		—			—
Other		562			—			—			—			562
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		47,249			(68,000	)		(1,151	)		—			(21,902	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(134	)		85			19			—			(30	)
Net (used in) cash provided by continuing operations		(6,605	)		(368	)		4,708			—			(2,265	)
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		643			—			—			—			643
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(5,962	)		(368	)		4,708			—			(1,622	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		6,981			(329	)		4,449			—			11,101
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1,019		$	(697	)	$	9,157		$	—		$	9,479
As of and for the year ended March 31, 2004:
As of March 31, 2004:
Current assets:
Cash	$	6,981		$	(329	)	$	4,449		$	—		$	11,101
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		55,335			(47	)		34,246			—			89,534
Inventories		29,147			18,210			22,734			(972	)		69,119
Net assets held for sale		1,800			990			—			—			2,790
Prepaid expenses		8,383			691			6,412			—			15,486
Total current assets		101,646			19,515			67,841			(972	)		188,030
Net property, plant, and equipment		26,016			13,718			19,039			—			58,773
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		89,893			57,325			39,524			—			186,742
Intercompany balances		41,127			(44,864	)		(70,327	)		74,064			—
Other non-current assets		57,222			198,664			24,134			(240,202	)		39,818
Total assets	$	315,904		$	244,358		$	80,211		$	(167,110	)	$	473,363
Current liabilities	$	44,555		$	13,078		$	29,947		$	(851	)	$	86,729
Long-term debt, less current portion		284,871			—			863			—			285,734
Other non-current liabilities		3,628			10,467			23,827			—			37,922
Total liabilities		333,054			23,545			54,637			(851	)		410,385
Shareholders’ equity		(17,150	)		220,813			25,574			(166,259	)		62,978
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	315,904		$	244,358		$	80,211		$	(167,110	)	$	473,363

F-32

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

	Parent			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the Year Ended March 31, 2004:
Net sales	$	226,631		$	114,987		$	124,116		$	(21,143	)	$	444,591
Cost of products sold		173,269			94,677			93,785			(21,986	)		339,745
Gross profit		53,362			20,310			30,331			843			104,846
Selling, general and administrative expenses		35,046			12,854			25,457			—			73,357
Restructuring charges		1,281			—			(42	)		—			1,239
Amortization of intangibles		245			3			135			—			383
Income from operations		16,790			7,453			4,781			843			29,867
Interest and debt expense		28,390			(263	)		729			—			28,856
Other (income) and expense, net		888			(12,573	)		(1,456	)		8,950			(4,191	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income tax (benefit) expense		(12,488	)		20,289			5,508			(8,107	)		5,202
Income tax (benefit) expense		(1,306	)		3,181			2,134			—			4,009
Net (loss) income	$	(11,182	)	$	17,108		$	3,374		$	(8,107	)	$	1,193
For the Year Ended March 31, 2004:
Operating activities:
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	19,359		$	(2,644	)	$	18,623		$	(8,969	)	$	26,369
Investing activities:
Proceeds from marketable securities, net		—			—			110			—			110
Capital expenditures		(2,635	)		(700	)		(284	)		—			(3,619	)
Proceeds from sale of businesses		4,015			—			—			—			4,015
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		—			387			—			—			387
Net assets held for sale		—			3,376			—			—			3,376
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		1,380			3,063			(174	)		—			4,269
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—			—			(19	)		19			—
Net (payments) borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		(9,925	)		—			3,033			—			(6,892	)
Repayment of debt		(115,147	)		—			(10,617	)		—			(125,764	)
Proceeds from issuance of long term debt		115,000			—			—			—			115,000
Deferred financing costs incurred		(4,432	)		—			—			—			(4,432	)
Dividends paid		174			—			(9,124	)		8,950			—
Other		593			—			—			—			593
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(13,737	)		—			(16,727	)		8,969			(21,495	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(78	)		72			21			—			15
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		6,924			491			1,743			—			9,158
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		57			(820	)		2,706			—			1,943
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	6,981		$	(329	)	$	4,449		$	—		$	11,101

F-33

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the year ended March 31, 2003:

	Parent			Guarantors			Non Guarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the Year Ended March 31, 2003:
Net sales	$	231,404		$	124,218		$	116,619		$	(18,921	)	$	453,320
Cost of products sold		172,214			102,655			90,015			(18,898	)		345,986
Gross profit		59,190			21,563			26,604			(23	)		107,334
Selling, general and administrative expenses		36,826			13,853			23,332			—			74,011
Restructuring charges		1,960			—			1,737			—			3,697
Amortization of intangibles		242			4,003			1			—			4,246
Income from operations		20,162			3,707			1,534			(23	)		25,380
Interest and debt expense		30,957			153			898			—			32,008
Other (income) and expense, net		(112	)		(1,804	)		(1,310	)		1,077			(2,149	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income tax (benefit) expense		(10,683	)		5,358			1,946			(1,100	)		(4,479	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(3,627	)		4,313			855			(9	)		1,532
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(7,056	)		1,045			1,091			(1,091	)		(6,011	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			(1,930	)		(6,070	)		—			(8,000	)
Net loss	$	(7,056	)	$	(885	)	$	(4,979	)	$	(1,091	)	$	(14,011	)
For the Year Ended March 31, 2003:
Operating activities:
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	32,288		$	(7,709	)	$	(9,013	)	$	(1,387	)	$	14,179
Investing activities:
Purchase of marketable securities, net		(672	)		—			—			—			(672	)
Capital expenditures		(1,901	)		(952	)		(2,187	)		—			(5,040	)
Proceeds from sale of business		1,108			16,154			—			—			17,262
Net assets held for sale		—			4,418			—			—			4,418
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(1,465	)		19,620			(2,187	)		—			15,968
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—			—			16			(16	)		—
Net (payments) borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		(31,437	)		(11,551	)		9,858			—			(33,130	)
Repayment of debt		(564	)		—			(831	)		—			(1,395	)
Payment of deferred financing costs		(7,823	)		—			(365	)		—			(8,188	)
Dividends paid		234			—			(1,647	)		1,413			—
Other		805			—			—			—			805
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(38,785	)		(11,551	)		7,031			1,397			(41,908	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(6	)		8			140			(10	)		132
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations		(7,968	)		368			(4,029	)		—			(11,629	)
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		—			504			—			—			504
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(7,968	)		872			(4,029	)		—			(11,125	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		8,024			(1,701	)		6,745			—			13,068
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	56		$	(829	)	$	2,716		$	—		$	1,943

F-34

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

20. Business Segment Information

As a result of the way the Company manages the business, its reportable segments are strategic business units that offer products with different characteristics. The most defining characteristic is the extent of customized engineering required on a per-order basis. In addition, the segments serve different customer bases through differing methods of distribution. The Company has two reportable segments: Products and Solutions. The Company’s Products segment sells hoists, industrial cranes, chain, attachments, and other material handling products principally to third party distributors through diverse distribution channels, and to a lesser extent directly to end-users. The Solutions segment sells engineered material handling systems such as conveyors and lift tables primarily to end-users in the consumer products, manufacturing, warehousing, and, to a lesser extent, the steel, construction, automotive, and other industrial markets. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Intersegment sales are not significant. The Company evaluates performance based on the operating earnings of the respective business units.

Segment information as of and for the years ended March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:

	Year Ended March 31, 2005
	Products		Solutions			Total
Sales to external customers	$	453,105	$	61,647		$	514,752
Income from operations		39,392		1,273			40,665
Depreciation and amortization		8,092		1,079			9,171
Total assets		449,284		31,587			480,871
Capital expenditures		4,203		1,722			5,925
	Year Ended March 31, 2004
	Products		Solutions			Total
Sales to external customers	$	394,160	$	50,431		$	444,591
Income from operations		32,326		(2,459	)		29,867
Depreciation and amortization		8,996		1,130			10,126
Total assets		446,069		27,294			473,363
Capital expenditures		3,362		257			3,619
	Year Ended March 31, 2003
	Products		Solutions			Total
Sales to external customers	$	388,076	$	65,244		$	453,320
Income from operations		25,700		(320	)		25,380
Depreciation and amortization		13,731		1,072			14,803
Total assets		450,641		31,965			482,606
Capital expenditures		3,914		1,126			5,040

F-35

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial information relating to the Company’s operations by geographic area is as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Net sales:
United States	$	360,917	$	319,815	$	337,929
Europe		108,717		86,518		82,999
Canada		28,778		27,736		24,104
Other Other		16,340		10,522		8,288
Total	$	514,752	$	444,591	$	453,320
	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Total assets:
United States	$	341,645	$	347,488	$	363,331
Europe		115,241		105,120		98,248
Canada		17,442		14,628		16,173
Other		6,543		6,127		4,854
Total	$	480,871	$	473,363	$	482,606
	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	185,518	$	187,202	$	196,156
Europe		54,181		53,051		51,794
Canada		2,672		3,283		4,479
Other		2,151		1,979		1,622
Total	$	244,522	$	245,515	$	254,051

Sales by major product group are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Hoists	$	227,789	$	197,400	$	202,262
Chain and forged attachments		127,300		110,681		105,518
Industrial cranes		62,468		53,276		48,677
Other		97,195		83,234		96,863
Total	$	514,752	$	444,591	$	453,320

F-36

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

21. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Below is selected quarterly financial data for fiscal 2005 and 2004:

	Three Months Ended
	July 4, 2004		October 3, 2004		January 2, 2005		March 31, 2005
Net sales	$	121,658	$	122,711	$	125,913	$	144,470
Gross profit		31,451		29,943		29,999		34,515
Income from operations		11,156		9,896		9,456		10,157
Net income	$	3,362	$	2,594	$	2,405	$	8,349
Net income per share—basic	$	0.23	$	0.18	$	0.16	$	0.57
Net income per share—diluted	$	0.23	$	0.18	$	0.16	$	0.56

Results for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 include a one-time, non-cash charge of $2,037,000 ($1,170,000 net of tax) relating to a defined benefit plan at one of our foreign operations and $3,919,000 of gains from the sale of surplus real estate.

	Three Months Ended
	June 29, 2003		September 28, 2003		December 28, 2003		March 31, 2004
Net sales	$	106,575	$	106,584	$	110,253	$	121,179
Gross profit		25,898		25,067		24,558		29,323
Income from operations		7,266		7,167		5,651		9,783
Net income (loss)	$	499	$	1,500	$	705	$	(1,511	)
Net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.05	$	(0.10	)

22. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

	March 31,
	2005			2004
Net unrealized investment gains—net of tax	$	1,233		$	1,364
Minimum pension liability adjustment—net of tax		(14,572	)		(13,193	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		4,083			1,253
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(9,256	)	$	(10,576	)

The deferred taxes associated with the items included in accumulated other comprehensive loss were $8,159,000 and $8,061,000 for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-37

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The activity by year related to investments, including reclassification adjustments for activity included in earnings is as follows (all items shown net of tax):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005			2004			2003
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) at beginning of year	$	1,364		$	(342	)	$	2,069
Unrealized holdings (losses) gains arising during the period		(590	)		496			(2,100	)
Reclassification adjustments for gains (losses) included in earnings		459			1,210			(311	)
Net change in unrealized (losses) gains on investments		(131	)		1,706			(2,411	)
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) at end of year	$	1,233		$	1,364		$	(342	)

The activity by year related to derivatives qualifying as hedges, including reclassification adjustments for activity included in earnings is as follows (all items shown net of tax):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2005		2004
Derivatives qualifying as hedges at beginning of year	$	—	$	(191	)
Reclassification adjustments for losses included in earnings		—		198
Change in fair value of derivative		—		(7	)
Net change in unrealized loss on derivatives qualifying as hedges		—		191
Derivatives qualifying as hedges at end of year	$	—	$	—

23. Effects of New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs,” as an amendment to ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage). This Statement requires that these items be recognized as current-period charges and requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This Statement becomes effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. However, Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

F-38

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Statement 123(R) was to be adopted for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14^th, 2005, the SEC announced that it would provide for a phased-in implementation process for FASB statement No. 123(R). The SEC is requiring that registrants adopt statement 123(R)’s fair value method of accounting for share-based payments to employees no later than the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. We expect to adopt 123(R) in the first quarter of Fiscal 2007. Statement 123(R) permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

1. A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted to employees prior to the effective date of Statement 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

2. A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on amounts previously recognized under Statement 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

The Company is still evaluating the method it plans to use when it adopts statement 123(R).

As permitted by Statement 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, adoption of Statement 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted Statement 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of statement 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

F-39

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

March 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

Dollars in thousands

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions								Balance at End of Period
Description			Charged to Costs and Expenses		Charged to Other Accounts			Deductions
Year ended March 31, 2005:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,811	$	2,191	$	—		$	1,987	(1)	$	3,015
Slow-moving and obsolete inventory		5,878		1,182		—			647	(2)		6,413
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance		48,223		1,175		—			5,610			43,788
Total	$	56,912	$	4,548	$	—		$	8,244		$	53,216
Reserves on balance sheet:
Accrued general and product liability costs	$	15,930	$	5,780	$	—		$	5,616	(3)	$	16,094
Year ended March 31, 2004:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,743	$	1,761	$	—		$	1,693	(1)	$	2,811
Slow-moving and obsolete inventory		5,699		2,333		(126	)(4)		2,028	(2)		5,878
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance		—		48,223		—			—			48,223
Total	$	8,442	$	52,317	$	(126	)	$	3,721		$	56,912
Reserves on balance sheet:
Accrued general and product liability costs	$	14,439	$	5,398	$	—		$	3,907	(3)	$	15,930
Year ended March 31, 2003:
Deducted from asset accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,337	$	1,068	$	(78	)(4)	$	584	(1)	$	2,743
Slow-moving and obsolete inventory		4,619		3,073		—			1,993	(2)		5,699
Total	$	6,956	$	4,141	$	(78	)	$	2,577		$	8,442
Reserves on balance sheet:
Accrued general and product liability costs	$	16,013	$	447	$	—		$	2,021	(3)	$	14,439

(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries

(2) Obsolete inventory disposals

(3) Insurance claims and expenses paid

(4) Reserves at date of disposal of subsidiary

F-40

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	July 3, 2005			March 31, 2005
	(Unaudited)			(Audited)
	(In thousands)
ASSETS:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	13,627		$	9,479
Trade accounts receivable		89,881			88,974
Unbilled revenues		9,871			8,848
Inventories		79,646			77,626
Prepaid expenses		14,047			14,198
Total current assets		207,072			199,125
Property, plant, and equipment, net		55,946			57,237
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		186,741			187,285
Marketable securities		25,674			24,615
Deferred taxes on income		4,398			6,122
Other assets		6,430			6,487
Total assets	$	486,261		$	480,871
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
Notes payable to banks	$	4,728		$	4,839
Trade accounts payable		35,019			33,688
Accrued liabilities		54,696			51,962
Restructuring reserve		122			144
Current portion of long-term debt		194			5,819
Total current liabilities		94,759			96,452
Senior debt, less current portion		119,441			115,735
Subordinated debt		142,259			144,548
Other non-current liabilities		43,609			42,369
Total liabilities		400,068			399,104
Shareholders’ equity
Common stock		150			149
Additional paid-in capital		104,283			104,078
Accumulated deficit		(1,322	)		(8,644	)
ESOP debt guarantee		(4,409	)		(4,554	)
Unearned restricted stock		(29	)		(6	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(12,480	)		(9,256	)
Total shareholders’ equity		86,193			81,767
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	486,261		$	480,871

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-41

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICIT

(UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005			July 4, 2004
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales	$	140,877		$	121,658
Cost of products sold		104,334			90,207
Gross profit		36,543			31,451
Selling expenses		13,658			12,700
General and administrative expenses		8,175			7,485
Restructuring charges		26			33
Amortization of intangibles		62			77
		21,921			20,295
Income from operations		14,622			11,156
Interest and debt expense		6,716			7,048
Other (income) and expense, net		(789	)		18
Income before income tax expense		8,695			4,090
Income tax expense		1,587			728
Income from continuing operations		7,108			3,362
Income from discontinued operations		214			—
Net income		7,322			3,362
Accumulated deficit—beginning of period		(8,644	)		(25,354	)
Accumulated deficit—end of period	$	(1,322	)	$	(21,992	)
Basic income per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.49		$	0.23
Income from discontinued operations		0.01			—
Basic income per share	$	0.50		$	0.23
Diluted income per share:
Income from continuing operations	$	0.48		$	0.23
Income from discontinued operations		0.01			—
Diluted income per share	$	0.49		$	0.23

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-42

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended
	July 3,     2005			July 4,     2004
	(In thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Income from continuing operations	$	7,108		$	3,362
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		2,332			2,325
Deferred income taxes		1,724			1,455
Gain on sale of investments		(481	)		—
Gain on early retirement of 2008 bonds		(11	)		—
Amortization of deferred financing costs		320			369
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		(3,919	)		2,674
Inventories		(2,620	)		(2,080	)
Prepaid expenses		130			(1,118	)
Other assets		(202	)		(129	)
Trade accounts payable		2,095			(5,207	)
Accrued and non-current liabilities		4,161			(519	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		10,637			1,132
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
(Purchase) sale of marketable securities, net		(688	)		208
Capital expenditures		(1,674	)		(838	)
Net assets held for sale		—			220
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,362	)		(410	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		1			—
Net borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		4,205			1,175
Repayment of debt		(8,186	)		(1,078	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		(98	)		(11	)
Other		145			143
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(3,933	)		229
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(408	)		12
Net cash provided by continuing operations		3,934			963
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		214			—
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		4,148			963
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		9,479			11,101
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	13,627		$	12,064

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-43

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

	Three Months Ended
	July 3,      2005			July 4,      2004
	(In thousands)
Net income	$	7,322		$	3,362
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(3,145	)		(7	)
Unrealized loss on investments:
Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during the period		371			(150	)
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss included in net income		(450	)		69
		(79)			(81	)
Total other comprehensive loss		(3,224	)		(88	)
Comprehensive income	$	4,098		$	3,274

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-44

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

July 3, 2005

1. Description of Business

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position of Columbus McKinnon Corporation (the Company) at July 3, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three-month periods ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004, have been included. Results for the period ended July 3, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended March 31, 2006. The balance sheet at March 31, 2005 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Columbus McKinnon Corporation annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

The Company is a leading U.S. designer, manufacturer and marketer of material handling products, systems and services which lift, secure, position and move material ergonomically, safely, precisely and efficiently. Key products include hoists, cranes, chain and forged attachments. The Company’s material handling products are sold, domestically and internationally, principally to third party distributors through diverse distribution channels, and to a lesser extent directly to manufacturers and other end-users. The Company’s integrated material handling solutions businesses deal primarily with end users and sales are concentrated, domestically and internationally (primarily Europe), in the consumer products, manufacturing, warehousing and, to a lesser extent, the steel, construction, automotive and other industrial markets.

2. Stock Based Compensation

The Company has two stock-based employee compensation plans in effect. The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25) and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and the number of options granted was fixed. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005			July 4, 2004
Net income, as reported	$	7,322		$	3,362
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects		(346	)		(186	)
Net income, pro forma	$	6,976		$	3,176
Basic income per share:
As reported	$	0.50		$	0.23
Pro forma	$	0.48		$	0.22
Diluted income per share:
As reported	$	0.49		$	0.23
Pro forma	$	0.46		$	0.22

F-45

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

3. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

	July 3, 2005			March 31, 2005
At cost—FIFO basis:
Raw materials	$	41,767		$	42,283
Work-in-process		11,941			10,238
Finished goods		36,568			35,800
		90,276			88,321
LIFO cost less than FIFO cost		(10,630	)		(10,695	)
Net inventories	$	79,646		$	77,626

An actual valuation of inventory under the LIFO method can be made only at the end of each year based on the inventory levels and costs at that time. Accordingly, interim LIFO calculations must necessarily be based on management’s estimates of expected year-end inventory levels and costs. Because these are subject to many forces beyond management’s control, interim results are subject to the final year-end LIFO inventory valuation.

4. Restructuring Charges

During the first three-months of fiscal 2006, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $26 related mostly to the maintenance of non-operating facilities being held for sale which are expensed on an as incurred basis in accordance with SFAS No. 146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” All of these costs are related to the Products segment. The liability as of July 3, 2005 consists of severance payments and costs associated with the preparation and maintenance of non-operating facilities prior to disposal which were accrued prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 146.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to restructuring reserves:

	Employee			Facility			Total
Reserve at March 31, 2005	$	16		$	128		$	144
Fiscal 2006 first quarter restructuring charges		—			26			26
Cash payments		(13	)		(35	)		(48	)
Reserve at July 3, 2005	$	3		$	119		$	122

5. Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005			July 4, 2004
Service costs	$	1,088		$	1,190
Interest cost		1,737			1,755
Expected return on plan assets		(1,654	)		(1,645	)
Net amortization		508			495
Net periodic pension cost	$	1,679		$	1,795

F-46

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

For additional information on the Company’s defined benefit pension plans, refer to Note 11 in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

The following table sets forth the components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit postretirement plans:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005		July 4, 2004
Service costs	$	4	$	4
Interest cost		188		234
Amortization of plan net losses		101		146
Net periodic postretirement cost	$	293	$	384

On December 8, 2003, Congress passed the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“Medicare Act”). In March 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No FAS 106-2 “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“FSP No 106-2”),” which provides accounting guidance on how to account for the effects of the Medicare Act on postretirement plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Medicare Act also requires certain disclosures regarding the effect of the subsidy provided by the Medicare Act. Additionally, FSP 106-2 provides two transition methods—retroactive to the date of enactment or prospective from the date of adoption. The Company elected to adopt FAS 106-2 and apply the prospective transition method in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. The accumulated post retirement benefit obligation decreased approximately $2,200.

For additional information on the Company’s defined benefit postretirement benefit plans, refer to Note 13 in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

6. Income Taxes

Income tax expense as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income tax expense was 18.3%, and 17.8% in the fiscal 2006 and 2005 quarters, respectively. The fiscal 2006 and 2005 percentages vary from the U.S. statutory rate due to the utilization of domestic net operating loss carry-forwards that had been fully reserved and jurisdictional mix. Therefore, income tax expense primarily results from non-U.S. taxable income and state taxes on U.S. taxable income.

F-47

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

7. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

	Three Months Ended
	July 3, 2005		July 4, 2004
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:
Net income	$	7,322	$	3,362
Denominators:
Weighted-average common stock outstanding—denominator for basic EPS		14,672		14,576
Effect of dilutive employee stock options		357		24
Adjusted weighted-average common stock outstanding and assumed conversions—denominator for diluted EPS		15,029		14,600

8. Business Segment Information

As a result of the way the Company manages the business, its reportable segments are strategic business units that offer products with different characteristics. The most defining characteristic is the extent of customized engineering required on a per-order basis. In addition, the segments serve different customer bases through differing methods of distribution. The Company has two reportable segments: Products and Solutions. The Company’s Products segment sells hoists, industrial cranes, chain, attachments, and other material handling products principally to third party distributors through diverse distribution channels, and to a lesser extent directly to end-users. The Solutions segment sells engineered material handling systems such as conveyors and lift tables primarily to end-users in the consumer products, manufacturing, warehousing, and, to a lesser extent, the steel, construction, automotive, and other industrial markets. Intersegment sales are not significant. The Company evaluates performance based on operating income of the respective business units.

Segment information as of and for the three months ended July 3, 2005 and July 4, 2004, is as follows:

	Three Months Ended July 3, 2005
	Products		Solutions		Total
Sales to external customers	$	123,881	$	16,996	$	140,877
Income from operations		14,128		494		14,622
Depreciation and amortization		2,035		297		2,332
Total assets		452,810		33,451		486,261
	Three Months Ended July 4, 2004
	Products		Solutions		Total
Sales to external customers	$	108,557	$	13,101	$	121,658
Income from operations		10,824		332		11,156
Depreciation and amortization		2,088		237		2,325
Total assets		443,925		27,356		471,281

F-48

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

9. Summary Financial Information

The following information sets forth the condensed consolidating summary financial information of the parent and guarantors, which guarantee the 10% Senior Secured Notes and the 8 ¹/2% Senior Subordinated Notes, and the nonguarantors. The guarantors are wholly owned and the guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several.

	Parent			Guarantors			Nonguarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
As of July 3, 2005
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,418		$	(1,000	)	$	12,209		$	—		$	13,627
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		57,948			410			41,394			—			99,752
Inventories		34,731			20,399			25,943			(1,427	)		79,646
Other current assets		6,021			938			7,088			—			14,047
Total current assets		101,118			20,747			86,634			(1,427	)		207,072
Property, plant, and equipment, net		25,106			12,560			18,280			—			55,946
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		90,022			57,286			39,433			—			186,741
Intercompany		95,132			(98,463	)		(69,674	)		73,005			—
Other assets		53,560			197,864			25,273			(240,195	)		36,502
Total assets	$	364,938		$	189,994		$	99,946		$	(168,617	)	$	486,261
Current liabilities	$	43,365		$	15,439		$	37,865		$	(1,910	)	$	94,759
Long-term debt, less current portion		261,059			—			641			—			261,700
Other non-current liabilities		7,201			8,188			28,220			—			43,609
Total liabilities		311,625			23,627			66,726			(1,910	)		400,068
Shareholders’ equity		53,313			166,367			33,220			(166,707	)		86,193
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	364,938		$	189,994		$	99,946		$	(168,617	)	$	486,261
For the Three Months Ended July 3, 2005
Net sales	$	67,049		$	37,922		$	42,193		$	(6,287	)	$	140,877
Cost of products sold		49,881			28,790			31,495			(5,832	)		104,334
Gross profit		17,168			9,132			10,698			(455	)		36,543
Selling, general and administrative expenses		10,225			3,965			7,643			—			21,833
Restructuring charges		26			—			—			—			26
Amortization of intangibles		44			1			17			—			62
		10,295			3,966			7,660			—			21,921
Income from operations		6,873			5,166			3,038			(455	)		14,622
Interest and debt expense		5,573			1,053			90			—			6,716
Other income		(181	)		(3	)		(605	)		—			(789	)
Income (loss) before income tax expense		1,481			4,116			3,553			(455	)		8,695
Income tax expense		175			309			1,103			—			1,587
Income (loss) from continuing operations		1,306			3,807			2,450			(455	)		7,108
Income from discontinued operations		214			—			—			—			214
Net income (loss)	$	1,520		$	3,807		$	2,450		$	(455	)	$	7,322

F-49

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

	Parent			Guarantors			Nonguarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the Three Months Ended July 3, 2005
Operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	6,655		$	(160	)	$	4,142		$	—		$	10,637
Investing activities:
Purchase of marketable securities, net		—			—			(688	)		—			(688	)
Capital expenditures		(1,283	)		(151	)		(240	)		—			(1,674	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(1,283	)		(151	)		(928	)		—			(2,362	)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		1			—			—			—			1
Net borrowings under revolving line-of-credit agreements		4,040			—			165			—			4,205
Repayment of debt		(8,109	)		—			(77	)		—			(8,186	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		(98	)		—			—			—			(98	)
Other		145			—			—			—			145
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(4,021	)		—			88			—			(3,933	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(166	)		8			(250	)		—			(408	)
Cash provided by (used in) continuing operations		1,185			(303	)		3,052			—			3,934
Cash provided by discontinued operations		214			—			—			—			214
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		1,399			(303	)		3,052			—			4,148
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		1,019			(697	)		9,157			—			9,479
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	2,418		$	(1,000	)	$	12,209		$	—		$	13,627
As of March 31, 2005
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,019		$	(697	)	$	9,157		$	—		$	9,479
Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues		57,707			197			39,918			—			97,822
Inventories		33,651			18,919			26,028			(972	)		77,626
Other current assets		7,297			973			5,928			—			14,198
Total current assets		99,674			19,392			81,031			(972	)		199,125
Property, plant, and equipment, net		25,107			12,847			19,283			—			57,237
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		90,027			57,287			39,971			—			187,285
Intercompany		98,964			(102,189	)		(70,216	)		73,441			—
Other assets		55,396			197,864			24,159			(240,195	)		37,224
Total assets	$	369,168		$	185,201		$	94,228		$	(167,726	)	$	480,871
Current liabilities	$	50,323		$	14,450		$	33,153		$	(1,474	)	$	96,452
Long-term debt, less current portion		259,520			—			763			—			260,283
Other non-current liabilities		7,898			8,199			26,272			—			42,369
Total liabilities		317,741			22,649			60,188			(1,474	)		399,104
Shareholders’ equity		51,427			162,552			34,040			(166,252	)		81,767
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	369,168		$	185,201		$	94,228		$	(167,726	)	$	480,871

F-50

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

	Parent			Guarantors			Nonguarantors			Eliminations			Consolidated
For the Three Months Ended July 4, 2004
Net sales	$	60,503		$	33,971		$	33,471		$	(6,287	)	$	121,658
Cost of products sold		45,821			26,513			24,160			(6,287	)		90,207
Gross profit		14,682			7,458			9,311			—			31,451
Selling, general and administrative expenses		9,968			3,253			6,964			—			20,185
Restructuring charges		33			—			—			—			33
Amortization of intangibles		59			1			17			—			77
		10,060			3,254			6,981			—			20,295
Income from operations		4,622			4,204			2,330			—			11,156
Interest and debt expense		7,248			(297	)		97			—			7,048
Other (income) and expense, net		(6	)		(2	)		26			—			18
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense		(2,620	)		4,503			2,207			—			4,090
Income tax (benefit) expense		(137	)		248			617			—			728
Net (loss) income	$	(2,483	)	$	4,255		$	1,590		$	—		$	3,362
For the Three Months Ended July 4, 2004
Operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	1,542		$	(854	)	$	444		$	—		$	1,132
Investing activities:
Purchase of marketable securities, net		—			—			208			—			208
Capital expenditures, net		(692	)		(173	)		27			—			(838	)
Other		—			220			—			—			220
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(692	)		47			235			—			(410	)
Financing activities:
Net borrowings (payments) under revolving line-of-credit agreements		1,260			—			(85	)		—			1,175
Repayment of debt		(1,000	)		—			(78	)		—			(1,078	)
Deferred financing costs incurred		(11	)		—			—			—			(11	)
Other		143			—			—			—			143
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		392			—			(163	)		—			229
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		43			111			(142	)		—			12
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		1,285			(696	)		374			—			963
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		6,981			(329	)		4,449			—			11,101
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	8,266		$	(1,025	)	$	4,823		$	—		$	12,064

F-51

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

10. Loss Contingencies

Like many industrial manufacturers, the Company is involved in asbestos-related litigation. In continually evaluating its estimated asbestos-related liability, the Company reviews, among other things, the incidence of past and recent claims, the historical case dismissal rate, the mix of the claimed illnesses and occupations of the plaintiffs, its recent and historical resolution of the cases, the number of cases pending against it, the status and results of broad-based settlement discussions, and the number of years such activity might continue. Based on this review, the Company has estimated its share of liability to defend and resolve probable asbestos-related personal injury claims. This estimate is highly uncertain due to the limitations of the available data and the difficulty of forecasting with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect the range of the liability. The Company will continue to study the variables in light of additional information in order to identify trends that may become evident and to assess their impact on the range of liability that is probable and estimable.

Based on actuarial information, the Company has estimated its asbestos-related aggregate liability through March 31, 2030 and March 31, 2081 to range between $4,200 and $16,700 using actuarial parameters of continued claims for a period of 25 to 76 years. The Company’s estimation of its asbestos-related aggregate liability that is probable and estimable is through March 31, 2030 and ranges from $4,200 to $5,500 as of July 3, 2005. The range of probable and estimable liability reflects uncertainty in the number of future claims that will be filed and the cost to resolve those claims, which may be influenced by a number of factors, including the outcome of the ongoing broad-based settlement negotiations, defensive strategies, and the cost to resolve claims outside the broad-based settlement program. Based on the underlying actuarial information, the Company has reflected $4,800 as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The recorded liability does not consider the impact of any potential favorable federal legislation such as the “FAIR Act”. Of this amount, management expects to incur asbestos liability payments of approximately $220 over the next 12 months. Because payment of the liability is likely to extend over many years, management believes that the potential additional costs for claims will not have a material after-tax effect on the financial condition of the Company or its liquidity, although the net after-tax effect of any future liabilities recorded could be material to earnings in a future period.

11. New Accounting Standards

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, as an amendment to ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted materials (spoilage). This Statement requires that these items be recognized as current-period charges and requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. This Statement becomes effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Statement 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends FASB Statement No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally, the approach in Statement 123(R) is similar to the approach described in Statement 123. However, Statement 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

F-52

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

Statement 123(R) was to be adopted for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14th, 2005, the SEC announced that it would provide for a phased-in implementation process for FASB statement No. 123(R). The SEC is requiring that registrants adopt statement 123(R)’s fair value method of accounting for share-based payments to employees no later than the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. We expect to adopt 123(R) in the first quarter of Fiscal 2007. Statement 123(R) permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

1. A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement 123(R) for all share-based payments granted to employees prior to the effective date of Statement 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

2. A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on amounts previously recognized under Statement 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

The Company is still evaluating the method it plans to use when it adopts statement 123(R).

As permitted by Statement 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, adoption of Statement 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted Statement 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of statement 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in Note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-53

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriter discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and The Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee	$	9,666
NASD filing fee		8,712
Printing and engraving expenses		250,000
Legal fees and expenses		200,000
Accounting fees and expenses		60,000
Miscellaneous		471,622
Total	$	1,000,000

Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Sections 722 through 726 of the New York Business Corporation Law, or BCL, grant New York corporations broad powers to indemnify their present and former directors and officers and those of affiliated corporations against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties or are threatened to be made parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers, subject to specified conditions and exclusions; give a director or officer who successfully defends an action the right to be so indemnified; and permit a corporation to buy directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-laws, agreement, vote of shareholders or otherwise.

Section 402(b) of the BCL permits a New York corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating the potential monetary liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for improper payment of dividends, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director receives an improper personal benefit. Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes the provision permitted by Section 402(b) of the BCL.

Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the BCL, each person (and the heirs, executors, or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in, any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of our company or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. We are also obligated to pay the cost of the expenses incurred by our officers and directors (including attorney’s fees) in defending themselves in such proceedings in advance of final disposition if the officer or director agrees to repay the amount advanced in the event it is ultimately determined that the officer or director was not entitled to be indemnified by us as authorized by our certificate of incorporation. We are not obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless such proceeding was authorized or consented to by our Board of Directors.

II-1

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits:

Exhibit Number	Exhibit
*1.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement No. 33-80687 on Form S-1 dated December 21, 1995).
3.2	Amended By-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 17, 1999).
4.1	Specimen Common Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement No. 33-80687 on Form S-1 dated December 21, 1995)
4.2	First Amendment and Restatement of Rights Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1998, between Columbus McKinnon Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 29, 1998).
4.3	Indenture among Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Audubon Europe Sar.l., Audubon West, Inc., Crane Equipment & Service, Inc., Yale Industrial Products, Inc. and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee, dated as of July 22, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 29, 2003).
4.4	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2003, among Columbus McKinnon Corporation, the guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement No. 333-109730 on Form S-4/A dated November 7, 2003).
**4.5	Indenture among Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Audubon Europe Sar.l., Crane Equipment & Service, Inc., Yale Industrial Products, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of September 2, 2005.
**4.6	Registration Rights Agreement among Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Audubon Europe S.ar.l., Crane Equipment & Service, Inc., Yale Industrial Products, Inc., and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, acting on behalf of itself and as Representative of the Initial Purchasers.
*5.1	Opinion of Hodgson Russ LLP.
*23.1	Consent of Hodgson Russ LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1 to this registration statement).
*23.2	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
24.1	Power of Attorney (contained in Part II of this registration statement).

* Filed herewith

** Previously filed

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

Not Applicable

II-2

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) We hereby undertake that:

(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430(A) and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;

(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(iii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Amherst, State of New York on November 3, 2005.

COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION
By:	s/    TIMOTHY T. TEVENS
	Timothy T. Tevens President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
s/    TIMOTHY T. TEVENS         Timothy T. Tevens	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	November 3, 2005
s/    KAREN L. HOWARD         Karen L. Howard	Vice President, Treasurer and Interim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	November 3, 2005
s/    ERNEST R. VEREBELYI         Ernest R. Verebelyi	Chairman of the Board of Directors	November 3, 2005
s/    HERBERT P. LADDS, JR.         Herbert P. Ladds, Jr.	Director	November 3, 2005
s/    CARLOS PASCUAL         Carlos Pascual	Director	November 3, 2005
s/    RICHARD H. FLEMING         Richard H. Fleming	Director	November 3, 2005
S/    WALLACE W. CREEK         Wallace W. Creek	Director	November 3, 2005
s/    STEPHEN RABINOWITZ         Stephen Rabinowitz	Director	November 3, 2005
s/    LINDA A. GOODSPEED         Linda A. Goodspeed	Director	November 3, 2005

II-4

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

3,350,000 Shares

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

November [    ], 2005

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC,

    As Representative of the Several Underwriters,

        Eleven Madison Avenue,

            New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

1. Introductory. Columbus McKinnon Corporation, a New York corporation (“Company”) proposes to issue and sell 3,000,000 shares of its common stock (“Securities”) and Herbert P. Ladds, Jr. (“Selling Stockholder”) proposes to sell 350,000 outstanding shares of the Securities (such 3,350,000 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the “Firm Securities”). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 450,000 additional shares of its Securities, as set forth below (such 450,000 additional shares being hereinafter referred to as the “Optional Securities”). The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the “Offered Securities”.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement (No. 333-129142) relating to the Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) and either (A) has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Act”) and is not proposed to be amended or (B) is proposed to be amended by amendment or post-effective amendment. If such registration statement (the “initial registration statement”) has been declared effective, either (A) an additional registration statement (the “additional registration statement”) relating to the Offered Securities may have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) (“Rule 462(b)”) under the Act and, if so filed, has become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and the Offered Securities all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and, if applicable, the additional registration statement or (B) such an additional registration statement is proposed to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and will become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and upon such filing the Offered Securities will all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional registration statement. If the Company does not propose to amend the initial registration statement or if an additional registration statement has been filed and the Company does not propose to amend it, and if any post-effective amendment to either such

registration statement has been filed with the Commission prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent amendment (if any) to each such registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c) (“Rule 462(c)”) under the Act or, in the case of the additional registration statement, Rule 462(b). For purposes of this Agreement, “Effective Time” with respect to the initial registration statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the additional registration statement means (A) if the Company has advised the Representative that it does not propose to amend such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto (if any) filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c), or (B) if the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file an amendment or post-effective amendment to such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, as amended by such amendment or post-effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared effective by the Commission. If an additional registration statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file one, “Effective Time” with respect to such additional registration statement means the date and time as of which such registration statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b). “Effective Date” with respect to the initial registration statement or the additional registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time thereof. The initial registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including all material incorporated by reference therein, including all information contained in the additional registration statement (if any) and deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of the Effective Time of the additional registration statement pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) (“Rule 430A(b)”) under the Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “Initial Registration Statement”. The additional registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including the contents of the initial registration statement incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b), is hereinafter referred to as the “Additional Registration Statement”. The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Registration Statements” and individually as a “Registration Statement”. The prospectus included in such Registration Statement, or supplemented by a prospectus supplement to reflect the terms of the offering of the Offered Securities, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) under the Act or (if no such filing is required) as included in a Registration Statement, including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus”. No document has been or will be prepared or distributed in reliance on Rule 434 under the Act.

(ii) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement conformed in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission (“Rules and Regulations”) and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed or will conform, in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and

2

delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and no Additional Registration Statement has been or will be filed. The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 7(c) hereof.

(iii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of New York, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(iv) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent any failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued, except as disclosed in the Prospectus, and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except for the liens or pledges of the capital stock of certain subsidiaries of the Company in favor of the lenders securing obligations in respect of the Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2002, and amended and restated as of January 2, 2004, as amended by amendments dated as of April 29, 2005, August 5, 2005, August 22, 2005, and October 17, 2005 by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the lenders referred to therein, Bank of America N.A., as Administrative Agent and an Issuing Lender, and the lending institutions party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”).

(v) The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities.

3

(vi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(vii) Except for the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, Audubon Europe S. a r.l., Crane Equipment & Service, Inc., Yale Industrial Products, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers party thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act.

(viii) The Securities are listed on The Nasdaq National Market.

(ix) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws.

(x) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties other than any such breach, violation or default that would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject except for any breach or violation of any such agreement or instrument that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any such subsidiary.

(xi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them; and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

(xiii) The Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

4

(xiv) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xv) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, “intellectual property rights”) necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xvi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “environmental laws”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate have Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

(xvii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.

(xviii) The financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; and the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial statements included in each Registration Statement and the Prospectus provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the corresponding historical financial statement amounts.

(xix) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xx) The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and files reports with the Commission on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.

5

(xxi) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) The Selling Stockholder has and on the First Closing Date (as defined below) will have valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by the Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by the Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities on the First Closing Date hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid title, free of adverse interests to the Offered Securities to be delivered by the Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date.

(ii) The Selling Stockholder has, and on the First Closing Date will have, full legal right, power, authority, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into the Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) signed by the Selling Stockholder and the Custodian (as defined below) relating to the deposit of the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) appointing Christopher Greene of Damon & Morey LLP, as the Selling Stockholder’s attorney-in-fact (the “Attorney”) to the extent set forth therein and relating to the transactions contemplated hereby; and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder in the manner provided herein and therein.

(iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Custody Agreement or this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws.

(iv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder.

(v) The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to the Selling Stockholder have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Selling Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(vi) The execution, delivery and performance by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Selling Stockholder of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any of their properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of the Selling Stockholder is subject.

6

(vii) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement conformed in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed, or will conform, in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 7(c).

(viii) The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might reasonably be expected to, cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Offered Securities; and, other than as permitted by the Act, the Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities.

(ix) The sale of the Offered Securities by the Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

(x) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(xi) In the case of Herbert P. Ladds, Jr., (A) the Selling Stockholder has reviewed the Registration Statement and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Section 2 and has no reason to believe that such representations and warranties are not true and correct and (B) the sale of the Offered Securities by the Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

7

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $[ ] per share, the number of Firm Securities set forth below the caption “Company” or “Selling Stockholder”, as the case may be, and opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto.

Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under the Custody Agreement made with Damon & Morey LLP, as custodian (“Custodian”). The Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Selling Stockholder for the custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of the Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If the Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Securities to the Representative for the accounts of the Underwriters, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company in the case of 3,000,000 shares of Firm Securities and the Custodian in the case of 350,000 shares of Firm Securities, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on November 11, 2005, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as CSFB and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “First Closing Date”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The certificates for the Firm Securities so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

In addition, upon written notice from CSFB given to the Company from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of shares of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from the Company for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by CSFB to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by CSFB to the Company.

8

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an “Optional Closing Date”, which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a “Closing Date”), shall be determined by CSFB but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company with respect to the Optional Securities being so purchased on such Optional Closing Date, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The certificates for the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests upon reasonable notice prior to such Optional Closing Date and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

4. Offering by Underwriters. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

5. Certain Agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters and the Selling Stockholder that:

(a) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by CSFB, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement.

The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b). If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and an additional registration statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such execution and delivery, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB.

(b) The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement the initial or any additional registration statement as filed or the related prospectus or the Initial Registration Statement, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) or the Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without CSFB’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and the Company will also advise CSFB promptly of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and of any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or the Prospectus and of the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

(c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements

9

therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify CSFB of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither CSFB’s consent to, nor the Underwriters’ delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.

(d) As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “Availability Date” means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, “Availability Date” means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

(e) The Company will furnish to the Representative copies of each Registration Statement (2 of which will be signed and will include all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as CSFB requests. The Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the later of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

(f) The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution.

(g) For the period specified below ( the “Lock-Up Period”), the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any additional shares of its Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of CSFB, except (i) issuances of Securities pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof, (ii) grants of employee stock options or shares of restricted stock pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof, or (iii) issuances of Securities pursuant to the exercise of such options. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and will continue and include the date 90 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that CSFB consents to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing,

10

such extension. The Company will provide CSFB with notice of any announcement described in clause (2) of the preceding sentence that gives rise to an extension of the Lock-up Period.

(h) The Company and the Selling Stockholder agree with the several Underwriters that the Company and the Selling Stockholder will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, under this Agreement, for any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and the printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing fee incident to the review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the Offered Securities, including for any transfer taxes on the sale by the Selling Stockholder of the Offered Securities to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters. The Company will also pay or reimburse the Underwriters (to the extent incurred by them) for all travel expenses of the Company’s officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities from the Underwriters. The Underwriters will pay for all travel expenses of the Underwriters; provided, however, that any expenses in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities or any expenses incidental thereto will be borne by the Company. The Company and the Underwriters will share equally the costs associated with plane travel and ground transportation undertaken in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities.

(i) The Selling Stockholder agrees during the Lock-Up Period not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any additional shares of the Securities of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of CSFB. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date hereof and will continue and include the date 90 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that CSFB consents to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-up Period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18 day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension. A transfer of Securities to a family member, trust or controlled affiliate may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this section 5(i) prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholder herein, to the accuracy of the statements

11

of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to such Effective Time), of Ernst & Young LLP confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations thereunder and to the effect that:

(i) in their opinion the financial statements and schedules examined by them and included in the Registration Statements comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations;

(ii) they have performed the procedures specified by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) for a review of interim financial information as described in PCAOB Interim Standard AU 722, Interim Financial Information, on the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements;

(iii) on the basis of a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A) the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations or any material modifications should be made to such unaudited financial statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

(B) at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, or at a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there was any change in the capital stock or any increase in short-term indebtedness or long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or, at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, there was any decrease in consolidated net current assets or net assets, as compared with amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus; or

(C) for the period from the closing date of the latest income statement included in the Prospectus to the closing date of the latest available income statement read by such accountants there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the previous year and with the period of corresponding length ended the date of the latest income statement included in the Prospectus, in consolidated net sales, net operating income, consolidated net income or in the ratio of earnings to fixed charges;

12

except in all cases set forth in clauses (B) and (C) above for changes, increases or decreases which are described in such letter; and

(iv) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other financial information contained in the Registration Statements (in each case to the extent that such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries subject to the internal controls of the Company’s accounting system or are derived directly from such records by analysis or computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a reading of such general accounting records and other procedures specified in such letter and have found such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information to be in agreement with such results, except as otherwise specified in such letter.

For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “Registration Statements” shall mean the initial registration statement as proposed to be amended by the amendment or post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is subsequent to such execution and delivery, “Registration Statements” shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the additional registration statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be amended by the post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, and (iii) “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in the Registration Statements. All financial statements and schedules included in material incorporated by reference into the Prospectus shall be deemed included in the Registration Statements for purposes of this subsection.

(b) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Selling Stockholder, the Company or the Representative, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

(c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as one enterprise which, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such

13

rating); (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls as would, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, be likely to prejudice materially the success of the proposed issue, sale or distribution of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any material suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq, or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (vi) any banking moratorium declared by U.S. Federal or New York authorities; (vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities or clearance services in the United States or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities.

(d) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Hodgson Russ LLP, counsel for the Company, to the effect that:

(i) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(ii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities by the Company, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the sale of the Offered Securities and compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any rule or regulation or, to such counsel’s knowledge, any orders of any governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or to such counsel’s knowledge any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or the charter or by-laws of the Company or any such subsidiary;

(iv) The Initial Registration Statement was declared effective under the Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) was filed and became effective under the Act as of the date and time (if determinable) specified in such opinion, the Prospectus either was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) specified in such opinion on the date specified therein or was included in the Initial Registration Statement or the Additional Registration Statement (as the case may be), and, to the best of the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the best of the knowledge of such counsel, are pending or contemplated under the Act, and each Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective effective or issue dates, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and

14

the Rules and Regulations; such counsel have no reason to believe that any part of a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, as of its effective date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or that the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date or as of such Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the descriptions in the Registration Statements and Prospectus of statutes, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents are accurate and fairly present the information required to be shown; and such counsel do not know of any legal or governmental proceedings required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not described as required or of any contracts or documents of a character required to be described in a Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to a Registration Statement which are not described and filed as required; it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements or other financial data contained in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus; and

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(e) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated the First Closing Date, from Christopher Greene of Damon & Morey LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholder, to the effect that:

(i) The Selling Stockholder had valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities delivered by the Selling Stockholder on the First Closing Date and had full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities delivered by the Selling Stockholder on such First Closing Date hereunder; and the several Underwriters have acquired valid title, free of adverse interests to the Offered Securities purchased by them from the Selling Stockholder on the First Closing Date hereunder;

(ii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Custody Agreement or this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities sold by the Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws or rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

(iii) With respect to the Selling Stockholder only, the execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any of the Selling Stockholder’s properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the properties of the Selling Stockholder is subject;

(iv) The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with respect to the Selling Stockholder have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Selling Stockholder

15

enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and

(v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder.

(f) The Representative shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date, the Registration Statements, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may require, and the Selling Stockholder and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(g) The Representative shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of the President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state that the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the Act, prior to the time the Prospectus was printed and distributed to any Underwriter; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.

(h) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated such Closing Date, of Ernst & Young LLP which meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to in such subsection will be a date not more than three days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.

(i) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date of Phillips Lytle LLP, special counsel for the Company, that:

(i) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the sale of the Offered Securities and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under any loan or credit agreement, mortgage or lease to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject; and

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any loan or credit agreement, mortgage or lease agreement or instrument that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective property is bound.

16

(j) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Timothy R. Harvey, General Counsel of the Company, that:

(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of New York, with corporate power and corporate authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

(ii) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and to such counsel’s knowledge except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects;

(iii) The Company and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications;

(iv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any agreement or instrument that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective property is bound;

(v) The Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date and all other outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities;

(vi) Except for the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings known to such counsel between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act;

(vii) To such counsel’s knowledge there are no pending or threatened actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and the Custody Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities;

(k) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received lock-up letters from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

17

(l) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received a lock-up letter from the Selling Stockholder in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

(m) The Custodian will deliver to CSFB a letter stating that they will deliver to the Selling Stockholder a United States Treasury Department Form 1099 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the United States Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) on or before January 31 of the year following the date of this Agreement.

The Selling Stockholder and the Company will furnish the Representative with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representative reasonably request. CSFB may in its sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

7. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors and officers and its affiliates and each person, if any who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

(b) The Selling Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors officers and its affiliates and each person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below; provided, further, that the liability under this subsection of the Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts, but before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder from the sale of Securities sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder.

18

(c) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, and the Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fourth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the eleventh and thirteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such (i) settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its consent other than settlements effected or entered into more than twenty business days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from the indemnified party for reimbursement for the fees and expenses of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying party shall have failed to comply with such reimbursement request.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the

19

Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholder or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder under this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter (as hereinafter defined) within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed a Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

8. Default of Underwriters. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, CSFB may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholder for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to CSFB, the Company and the Selling Stockholder for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholder, except as provided in Section 9 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any

20

person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

9. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Selling Stockholder, of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Selling Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to Section 5 and the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling Stockholder, and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect, and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of Section 6(c), the Company and the Selling Stockholder will, jointly and severally, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.

10. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Representative at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention: Transactions Advisory Group, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 140 John James Audubon Parkway, Amherst, NY 14228-1197, Attention: Corporate Secretary, or, if sent to the Selling Stockholder, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Company at 140 John James Audubon Parkway, Amherst, NY 14228-1197; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

11. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives and successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

12. Representation. The Representative will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. The Attorney will act for the Selling Stockholder in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by the Attorney will be binding upon the Selling Stockholder.

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

14. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) the Representative has been retained solely to act as underwriter in connection with the sale of the Company’s Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company or the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Representative, on the other, has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Representative has advised or is advising the Company or the Selling Stockholder on other matters;

21

(b) the price of the Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company and the Selling Stockholder following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representative and the Company and the Selling Stockholder are capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) the Company and the Selling Stockholder have been advised that the Representative and its affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company or the Selling Stockholder and that the Representative has no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company or the Selling Stockholder by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(d) the Company and the Selling Stockholder waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representative for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company or the Selling Stockholder in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

15. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

22

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representative’s understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Stockholder, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,
COLUMBUS MCKINNON CORPORATION
By:
	Name:
	Title:
HERBERT P. LADDS, JR.
By:

23

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement

is hereby confirmed and accepted

as of the date first above written.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC

Acting on behalf of itself

and as the Representative of

the several Underwriters

By CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
By:
	Name:
	Title:

24

SCHEDULE A

	Number of Firm Securities to Be Sold By		Total Number of Firm Securities to be Purchased
Underwriters	Company	Selling Stockholder
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Needham & Company, LLC
Total

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

October     , 2005

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

140 John Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

As Representative of the Several Underwriters

c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, pursuant to which an offering will be made that is intended to result in an orderly market for the common stock (the “Securities”) of Columbus McKinnon Corporation, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto, (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (“CSFB”). In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of CSFB, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities.

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 90 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, to which you are or expect to become parties; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph will be delivered by CSFB to the Company (in accordance with Section 10 of the Underwriting Agreement) and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34^th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such

action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Agreement. The restrictions contained in this Agreement will not apply to (i) any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market after the Public Offering Date; (ii) transfers of Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities as a bona fide gift or gifts to any charitable organization; (iii) transfers by the undersigned or its distributee or transferee of Securities or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Securities to a family member of the undersigned or its distributee or transferee or trust created for the benefit of the undersigned or its distributee or transferee or family member of the undersigned or its distributee or transferee or controlled affiliate of the undersigned or its distributee or transferee; provided, that in the case of any transfer, distribution or resale pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii), such transferee, distributee or purchaser agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer, distribution or resale and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer, distribution or resale (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void on the earlier of the following: (i) if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before January 17, 2006, and (ii) the date that the Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to the proposed offering is withdrawn.

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

October , 2005

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

140 John Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

As Representative of the Several Underwriters

c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement, pursuant to which an offering will be made that is intended to result in an orderly market for the common stock (the “Securities”) of Columbus McKinnon Corporation, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto, (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (“CSFB”). In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of CSFB, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the undersigned is permitted to sell the undersigned’s Securities to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 90 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, to which you are or expect to become parties; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph will be delivered by CSFB to the Company (in accordance with Section 10 of the Underwriting Agreement) and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned.

The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34^th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such

action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Agreement. Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market will not be subject to this Agreement. A transfer of Securities to a family member, trust or controlled affiliate may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period).

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void on the earlier of the following: (i) if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before January 17, 2006, and (ii) the date that the Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to the proposed offering is withdrawn.

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,
By:
	Name:
	Title:

EX-5.1

EXHIBIT 5.1

Hodgson Russ LLP

One M&T Plaza, Suite 2000

Buffalo, NY 14203

November 3, 2005

Columbus McKinnon Corporation

140 John James Audubon Parkway

Amherst, New York 14228-1197

Re:	Columbus McKinnon Corporation
	Registration Statement on Form S-3

Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Columbus McKinnon Corporation, a New York corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the registration statement on Form S-3, as amended (Registration No. 333-129142) (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the registration of 3,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share of the Company, covering (i) the offer and sale by the Company of 3,000,000 shares (the “Primary Shares”), (ii) the offer and sale by a certain selling shareholder of 350,000 shares (the “Secondary Shares”) and (iii) if exercised, the offer and sale by the Company of 450,000 additional shares (the “Additional Shares”) to the underwriters (the “Underwriters”).

In so acting, we have examined copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of the form of the Underwriting Agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, the corporate and organizational documents of the Company, including the restated certificate of incorporation and amended by-laws, and such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company, and have made such inquiries of such officers and representatives, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth.

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to all questions of fact material to these opinions that have not been independently established, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and representatives of the Company.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Primary Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

2. The Secondary Shares have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

3. The Additional Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included within the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ HODGSON RUSS LLP

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-129142) and related Prospectus of Columbus McKinnon Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock and to the use of our report dated June 6, 2005, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Columbus McKinnon Corporation, and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated June 6, 2005 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Columbus McKinnon Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Columbus McKinnon Corporation, included in its Annual report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Buffalo, New York

November 3, 2005